Earth Sciences and Life Sciences 2014–2015 Catalog

Earth Sciences
and Life Sciences
2014–2015 Catalog

Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd

151 Lorong Chuan #02-08
New Tech Park (Lobby H)
CLA JAN 2014

Singapore 556741
Tel (65) 6410 1200 Fax (65) 6410 1208 www.cengageasia.com
e-mail asia.info@cengage.com
www.cengageasia.com
Cengage Learning Asia
introducing the new . . .

Cengage Technology Editions are being launched to support

educators and learners in making a smooth transition from print
to digital learning and instruction.
These hybrid editions combine full ebooks or digital solutions
packages with print editions for maximum flexibility and benefits,
including:

enhanced student-teacher interactions

engaged students, improved learning experiences and better outcomes
a growing and interconnected pool of best-selling titles from Cengage Learning

Cengage Technology Editions offer the best in print and digital

content to create the kinds of blended learning experiences
that are fast gaining popularity among students. These editions
provide hybrid alternatives to best-selling titles from Cengage
Learning in disciplines such as Business and Economics, Science
and Mathematics, Social Sciences and Humanities, and more.

Engage with Us!

Email asia.info@cengage.com • www.cengageasia.com
 Contents

Biology
Animal Biology������������������������������������������������������������������������ 2
Biochemistry�����������������������������������������������������������������������������3
Biotechnology�������������������������������������������������������������������������4
Ecology���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5
Environmental Science���������������������������������������������������������� 7
Genetics�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������16
Human Anatomy & Physiology������������������������������������������19
Human Biology��������������������������������������������������������������������� 28
Introductory Biology for Non/Mix-Majors���������������������30
Introductory Biology for Majors���������������������������������������46
Introductory Biology for Non Majors�������������������������������53
Marine Biology���������������������������������������������������������������������� 62
Plant Biology / Botany��������������������������������������������������������64
Student Resources���������������������������������������������������������������� 65

Earth Sciences
Environmental Science��������������������������������������������������������66
Geography�������������������������������������������������������������������������������73
Geology�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������80
Introduction to Earth Science���������������������������������������������91
Meteorology��������������������������������������������������������������������������96
Natural Hazards & Disasters���������������������������������������������101
Oceanography��������������������������������������������������������������������� 102

Environmental Science
Environmental Science������������������������������������������������������ 108

Oceanography
Oceanography�����������������������������������������������������������������������113
Combined Author/Title Index��������������������������������������������117

Order form/pricelist is available upon request through Cengage Learning Representative.

Special price requests for class adoption are subject to approval. Please contact your Cengage Learning Representative for details.

Information contained in this catalog is correct at the time of printing.

Prices are subject to change without prior notice.

Biology
Animal Biology
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY, 2E
From Genes to Organisms, International Edition
Lauralee Sherwood, West Virginia University; Hillar Klandorf, West
Virginia University; Paul Yancey, Whitman College
Promoting a conceptual understanding and taking an
integrative systems approach, ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY,
2E, International Edition illustrates the individual
organization as well as the collective interdependence
of each complete physiological system. The text begins
with chapters on integrative principles and on the
genomic, molecular, and cellular basis of physiology,
then proceeds to chapters on individual organ systems.
For each organ system, evolutionary forces as well as
current cellular and molecular research are discussed.
To clearly illustrate system interdependence, each
systems chapter contains a summary, titled “Making
Connections.” To make the text even more accessible
to students, the authors also incorporate a comparative
approach to animal physiology, examining the basic
physiology of many vertebrate and nonvertebrate
animals as well as their primary diseases and ability to
respond to environmental changes.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! A thorough review of the most recent published
literature led to the inclusion of the most current,
cutting-edge scientific information. In addition, more
details on evolutionary and comparative aspects of
physiological adaptations have been included.
• NEW! Over 90% of the art has been upgraded in
this edition, with more three-dimensional art; many
conceptually redesigned or new figures to enhance
student understanding; brighter, more contemporary,
2
www.cengageasia.com
and more visually appealing colors; and a more
consistent style throughout.
• NEW! Check Your Understanding questions have
been added after each major section to help review
the main ideas just discussed.
• NEW! Check Your Understanding questions have
been added after each major section to help review
the main ideas just discussed.
• NEW! Cengage Learning’s Physiology CourseMate
brings course concepts to life with interactive
learning, study, and exam preparation tools that
support ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY, 2E, International
Edition.
FEATURES
• ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY, 2E, International Edition’s
primary organization is according to body system, but
it also provides coverage of cellular, molecular, and
genomic topics in early chapters, and incorporates
this information throughout the text as a basis for
understanding organ function.
• Each chapter includes an overview of major
evolutionary events and selective forces. All topics
have been placed in a biological context that melds
the proximate (mechanistic) approach of traditional
physiology with the evolutionary explanations behind
them, in order to discuss not only the power of natural
selection, but also the often seemingly illogical details
of life.
• The authors include both analogies and frequent
references to everyday experiences to help students
relate to the physiology concepts presented.
• Special breakout boxes pique the interest of students
and encourage critical thinking, including “Molecular
Biology and Genomics,” “Beyond the Basics,”
“Challenges and Controversies,” “Unanswered
Questions,” and “A Closer Look at Adaptation.”
CONTENTS
SECTION I: FOUNDATIONS. 1. Homeostasis and
Integration: The Foundations of Physiology. 2. Cellular
and Molecular Physiology. 3. Membrane Physiology.
4. Neuronal Physiology. SECTION II: WHOLE-BODY
REGULATION AND INTEGRATION. 5. Nervous
Systems. 6. Sensory Physiology. 7. Endocrine Systems.
SECTION III: SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT. 8. Muscle
Physiology. SECTION IV: SELF-MAINTENANCE. 9.
Circulatory Systems. 10. Defense Systems. 11. Respiratory
Systems. 12. Excretory Systems. 13. Fluid and Acid–Base
Balance. 14. Digestive Systems. 15. Energy Balance and
Thermal Physiology. SECTION V: REPRODUCTION. 16.
Reproductive Systems.
© 2013, 896pp, Paperback, 9781111988715
Biochemistry
Coming Soon!
BIOCHEMISTRY, INTERNATIONAL
EDITION, 7E
Mary K. Campbell, Mount Holyoke College; Shawn O. Farrell,
Colorado State University
Introduce your students to the latest developments
in biotechnology and genomics with this new edition
of Campbell and Farrell’s best-selling text for the
one-term course. Known for its logical organization,
appropriate depth of coverage, and vibrant illustrations,
BIOCHEMISTRY, 7e, International Edition, helps your
students synthesize the flood of information that has
inundated the field since the decoding of the human
genome, while showing them how biochemistry
principles connect to their everyday lives. The book
incorporates up-to-date developments in stem cell
research, cloning, and immunology and offers revised
coverage of major topics, such as Molecular Biology.
Balancing scientific detail with readability, the book is
ideal for students studying biochemistry for the first
time. For example, in-text questions and problem sets
categorized by problem type help students master
chemistry and prepare for exams, and “Biochemical
Connections” demonstrate how biochemistry applies
to other fields such as health and sports medicine.
In addition, the book’s revised state-of-the-art visual
program improves learning outcomes and its innovative
magazine insert, “Hot Topics in Biochemistry” now
www.cengageasia.com
reflects the latest advances in the field. Count on
BIOCHEMISTRY, 7e, International Edition to lead the
way in currency, clarity, and innovation for your one-
semester biochemistry course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• REVISED COVERAGE OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY.
In this edition, the authors have added new content
on Molecular Biology to give students updated and
expanded coverage of this key topic.
• UPDATED MAGAZINE INSERT. The text’s innovative
magazine insert, “Hot Topics in Biochemistry” is now
updated with the latest advances in the field.
• REVISED ART PROGRAM. The book’s vibrant, state-of-
the art visual program has been revised to even better
help students visualize key processes and understand
important topics. The visual style and format of the
art, a hallmark of the text, is designed to improve
student learning outcomes.
• NEW BIOCHEMICAL CONNECTIONS. Several
new Biochemical Connections demonstrate how
biochemistry topics relate to the real world in high-
interest areas such as allied health, sports medicine,
and biotechnology.
• REORGANIZED END-OF-CHAPTER PROBLEM SETS.
The book’s exceptionally strong and varied end-of-
chapter questions are grouped by question type
and include references to section numbers to help
students prepare for exams.
• UPDATED COVERAGE. Each chapter in the text has
been updated with the current developments and
scientific findings in the biochemistry field.
• NEW INTEGRATION WITH OWL. For the first time,
this best-selling text is available with OWL, the #1
online homework and tutorial system for chemistry.
With OWL, you can improve student learning
outcomes, while saving time in grading homework and
tracking student progress. Developed by chemistry
instructors for teaching chemistry, OWL makes
homework management a breeze and enables you
to address students’ different learning styles through
tutorials, simulations, visualization exercises, and
algorithmically-generated homework questions
with answer-specific feedback. With OWL’s mastery
learning approach, students work at their own pace
until they understand each concept/skill.
3
 FEATURES
• Q&A FEATURES. These student-friendly Q&A features,
interspersed throughout the text where questions
naturally arise for students, help students learn key
biochemistry concepts more efficiently.
• APPLY YOUR KNOWLEDGE BOXES. Interspersed
within chapters, these boxes give students critical
problem-solving experience.
• PROVEN IN-TEXT LEARNING AIDS. Concise
summaries and a broad selection of problems and
exercises, as well as an annotated bibliography at the
close of each chapter, help students review and apply
what they’ve learned.
CONTENTS
1. Biochemistry and the Organization of Cells. 2. Water:
The Solvent for Biochemical Reactions. 3. Amino Acids
and Peptides. 4. The Three-Dimensional Structure of
Proteins. 5. Protein Purification and Characterization
Techniques. 6. The Behavior of Proteins: Enzymes.
7. The Behavior of Proteins: Enzymes, Mechanisms,
and Control. 8. Lipids and Proteins Are Associated in
Biological Membranes. 9. Nucleic Acids: How Structure
Conveys Information. 10. Biosynthesis of Nucleic
Acids: Replication. 11. Transcription of the Genetic
Code: The Biosynthesis of RNA. 12. Protein Synthesis:
Translation of the Genetic Message. 13. Nucleic Acid
Biotechnology Techniques. 14. Viruses, Cancer and
Immunology. 15. The Importance of Energy Changes
and Electron Transfer in Metabolism. 16. Carbohydrates.
17. Glycolysis. 18. Storage Mechanisms and Control in
Carbohydrate Metabolism. 19. The Citric Acid Cycle.
20. Electron Transport and Oxidative Phosphorylation.
21. Lipid Metabolism. 22. Photosynthesis. 23. The
Metabolism of Nitrogen. 24. Integration of Metabolism:
Cellular Signaling.
© 2012, 864pp, Paperback, 9781111425647
4
www.cengageasia.com
Biotechnology
INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY WITH SCIENCE,
TECHNOLOGY, AND SOCIETY
Dr. Sally C. Suba; Dr. Jennifer S. Florida
Advancements in science and technology have brought
about numerous remarkable changes in the trends of
medical laboratory services. Medical technologists
of today are key healthcare personnel who provide
laboratory services that aid physicians in diagnosing,
treating, and preventing the onset of diseases and
infections. Thus, it is crucial that they are well versed
in basic theory, technical skills, and the application of
laboratory test procedures. Introduction to Medical
Technology with Science, Technology, and Society
provides students with vital information to guide them
in carrying out their duties, and to help them learn in
a structured and efficient manner. This book aims to
counter the dearth of introductory medical technology
texts in the market through the conceptualization of
learning materials that fully embrace the core principles
of medical technology education.
FEATURES
• Incorporation of science, technology, and society:
Discusses how science and technology have influenced
the progress of society through issues such as genetic
engineering, diseases of the 21st century, and the use
of molecular diagnostic tools.
• Ethics and values: Discusses comprehensively the
moral implications of procedures in laboratory
medicine (Chapter 6).
• “Food for Thought” boxes: Encourages deeper
thinking in the field of medical technology, with an
understanding of the relationship between theory and
 real-world applications.
CONTENTS
UNIT I. Introduction to Medical Technology 1. Medical
Technology: Scope, Nature, and Historical Perspective
2. Medical Technologists and Other Allied Health
Professionals 3. Medical Technology Education 4.
Clinical Laboratory Organization and Quality Control
Management 5. Clinical Laboratory Information System
and Instrumentation 6. Professional Ethics and Values:
Moral Implications UNIT II. Science, Technology, and
Society 7. Genetic Engineering 8. Occupational Risks in
Medical Technology 9. Laboratory Waste Management
Services and Disposal System 10. Disease of the 21st
Century 11. Current Trends in Medical Technology 12.
The Advent of Molecular Diagnostic Tools App. A.
Laboratory Protocol App. B. Chemical Reactions and
Principles of Laboratory Protocols App. C. Microscopic
and Morphological Appearance of Specimens Index.
© 2014, 272pp, Paperback, 9789814441018
Ecology
ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY, 7E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
“Inspiring people to care about the planet.” Using
sustainability as the integrating theme, this succinct
11-chapter, full color textbook covers scientific
principles and concepts, ecosystems, evolution,
biodiversity, population ecology, and more. Covers
scientific principles and concepts, ecosystems,
evolution, biodiversity, population ecology, and so
much more. In the new edition of ESSENTIALS OF
ECOLOGY, authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman
have partnered with the National Geographic Society
www.cengageasia.com
to develop a text designed to equip students with
the inspiration and knowledge they need to make
a difference solving today’s environmental issues.
Exclusive content highlights important work of
National Geographic Explorers, and features over 100
new photos, maps, and illustrations that bring course
concepts to life. In addition to the integration of new
and engaging National Geographic content, every
chapter has been thoroughly updated and 6 new Core
Case Studies offer current examples of environmental
problems and scenarios for potential solutions. The
concept-centered approach used in the text transforms
complex environmental topics and issues into key
concepts that students will understand and remember.
Overall, by framing the concepts with goals for
more sustainable lifestyles and human communities,
students see how promising the future can be and
their important role in shaping it. The MindTap online
edition of ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY offers additional
exclusive National Geographic content, including high-
quality videos on important environmental problems
and efforts being made to address them. Team up with
Miller/Spoolman’s, ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY and the
National Geographic Society to offer your students the
most inspiring introduction to environmental science
available!
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Co-authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have
partnered with the National Geographic Society
to include exclusive content from the National
Geographic Society’s world-renowned photo and
map collections. Over 100 new photos, maps, and
illustrations provide students with the most visual
and inspiring introduction to environmental science
available.
• New Core Case Studies in 6 of the 11 chapters provide
in-depth examples of specific environmental problems
and scenarios for potential solutions, helping students
understand the concepts in the chapter and apply
them to a real-world situation.
• Individuals Matter boxes now include profiles of
National Geographic Explorers who are making
significant contributions to improving the
environment. These highly graphical sections
highlight efforts of researchers to improve the world’s
environment by applying unique science-based
solutions.
5
• Consider This boxes now include a new emphasis
on Campus Sustainability to focus attention on the
environmental efforts of students and professors at
specific institutions.
• At the end of every chapter a new feature called Global
Environment Watch Activities help students learn how
to use an extensive database of environmental articles
and other materials that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CORE CASE STUDIES IN EVERY CHAPTER: Core case
studies explore current and relevant environmental
topics and place them in the context of sustainability
for the student.
• “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply. In the new edition a section called Tying it
All Together serves as a recap of the Core Case Study
and puts what the student has just read in context.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter,
Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What Are They
and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity and Evolution.
5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions, and Population
Control. 6. The Human Population and Its Impact.
7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic Biodiversity.
PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 9. Sustaining
Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10. Sustaining
Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. 11.
6
www.cengageasia.com
Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity.
© 2015, 400pp, Paperback, 9781285197265
ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 6E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
An ideal alternative to ecology texts that tend to be too
difficult for non-majors, this succinct 11-chapter, full-
color textbook covers scientific principles and concepts,
ecosystems, evolution, biodiversity, population ecology,
and more. Sustainability is the integrating theme and
co-authors G. Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire
students to take a positive approach toward finding
and implementing useful environmental solutions in
their own lives and in their careers. Updated with new
information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
centered approach transforms complex environmental
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: New “Core Case Studies” are threaded
throughout each chapter and explore current, relevant
environmental topics and place them in the context
of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes new figures
and photos, updated figures, and a new design that

reinforces and enhances learning.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter,
Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What Are They
and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity and Evolution.
5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions, and Population
Control. 6. The Human Population and Its Impact.
7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic Biodiversity.
PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 9. Sustaining
Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10. Sustaining
Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. 11.
Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity.
www.cengageasia.com
© 2012, 384pp, Paperback, 9780538735377
Environmental Science
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND
SOLUTIONS
A Modular Approach, International Edition
Norman Myers; Scott Spoolman
Focused on and organized around environmental
issues, this innovative new book engages students
and helps them critically evaluate possible solutions to
the environmental problems we now face. The authors
outline specific environmental issues and provide the
scientific background to enable students to understand
each issue. In order to find and apply solutions to these
problems, they help students see that the problems
are not insurmountable and that something can be
done to achieve a sustainable future. The modular
chapters provide full descriptions of each of the major
environmental problems with real stories about what
people are doing to tackle the resulting challenges.
Overall, ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS:
A MODULAR APPROACH, International Edition offers
great flexibility for instructors and provides students
with tools for building a sustainable future.
FEATURES
• The highly focused issues and solutions approach
guides students through each module. Beginning with
“Why should you care,” the chapter progresses from
“What are the problems” to “What can be done” to
“A look to the future” before concluding with “What
would you do?”
• This is a modular textbook, with 14 of the total
15 modules each devoted entirely to a specific
environmental issue. The first module is an introduction
7
 to science and sustainability concepts that form a
foundation for the course. The fundamental concepts
that apply in each module are raised again and applied
in practice as they pertain to each individual issue.
• Frequent reviews of the material include “Let’s
Review” question lists placed at regular intervals
throughout each module. These lists give students a
chance to review and reinforce material immediately
after they have studied it.
• Critical thinking activities appear toward the end of
each module and allow students to apply the material
they have studied. These activities are designed to
get students to re-read some part of the module, to
think about it, and to apply it in some way to their
own daily living.
• Engaging features illustrate key concepts and provide
encouragement. “For Instance” tells a real-world
story about how environmental issue has affected
a particular area or group of people in the world.
“Making a Difference” features a particular individual
or group of people who have succeeded in some
effort to find more sustainable ways of living or of
doing business.
• Reinforcing important concepts, the “Key Idea”
presents a brief summary statement of a major
concept that students will take away from their
reading of the module. “Consider This” offers a brief
statement about some impressive fact or statistic that
will stay with students and stimulate their thinking
as they read.
• Aplia for Environmental Science helps students
learn and understand key concepts via focused
assignments and active learning opportunities that
include randomized, automatically graded questions,
exceptional text interaction, and immediate feedback.
CONTENTS
1. Environmental Science and Sustainability. 2. Population
Growth. 3. Urbanization. 4. Food Resources. 5. Energy
Efficiency and Renewable Energy. 6. Nonrenewable
Energy. 7. Mineral Resources. 8. Species Extinction.
9. Land Degradation. 10. Water Resources. 11. Water
Pollution. 12. Air Pollution. 13. Climate Change. 14.
Wastes. 15. Environmental Health Hazards.
© 2014, 512pp, Paperback, 9781435462328
8
www.cengageasia.com
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE, 13E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE inspires and equips
students to make a difference for the world. Featuring
sustainability as their central theme, authors Tyler
Miller and Scott Spoolman emphasize natural capital,
natural capital degradation, solutions, trade-offs, and
the importance of individuals. As a result, students
learn how nature works, how they interact with it,
and how humanity has sustained—and can continue
to sustain—its relationship with the earth by applying
nature’s lessons to economies and individual lifestyles.
Engaging features like “Core Case Studies,” “How Would
You Vote” questions, and “Thinking About” exercises
demonstrate the relevance of issues and encourage
critical thinking. Updated with new learning tools,
the latest content, and an enhanced art program, this
highly flexible book allows instructors to vary the order
of chapters and sections within chapters to meet the
needs of their courses.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• “Connections” boxes point out connections between
human activities and environmental consequences;
environmental and social issues; and environmental
issues and solutions.
• A quantitative “Data Analysis” or “Ecological Footprint
Analysis” exercise at the end of each chapter enables
students to focus on human impact through analysis
of emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics. New “Data and Map Analysis”
exercises have also been added to the accompanying
online resources.
• “Three Big Ideas” at the end of each chapter
summarize the three most important ideas of each
chapter.
• Chapter Review questions are more comprehensive
 © 2011, 552pp, Hardback, 9780495560173,
and now include all chapter key terms in boldface.
FEATURES
• “Connections” boxes point out connections between
human activities and environmental consequences;
environmental and social issues; and environmental
issues and solutions.
• A quantitative “Data Analysis” or “Ecological Footprint
Analysis” exercise at the end of each chapter enable
you to focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics. New “Data and Map Analysis”
exercises have also been added to the accompanying
online resources.
ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY, 7E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
• “Three Big Ideas” at the end of each chapter
summarize the three most important ideas of each “Inspiring people to care about the planet.” Using
chapter. sustainability as the integrating theme, this succinct
• Chapter Review questions are more comprehensive 11-chapter, full color textbook covers scientific
and now include all chapter key terms in boldface. principles and concepts, ecosystems, evolution,
CONTENTS biodiversity, population ecology, and more. Covers
scientific principles and concepts, ecosystems,
HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILITY: AN OVERVIEW.
evolution, biodiversity, population ecology, and so
1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes, and
much more. In the new edition of ESSENTIALS OF
Sustainability. ECOLOGY AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2.
ECOLOGY, authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman
Science, Matter, and Energy. 3. Ecosystems: What
have partnered with the National Geographic Society
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Evolution and
to develop a text designed to equip students with
Biodiversity. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
the inspiration and knowledge they need to make
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
a difference solving today’s environmental issues.
and Urbanization. 7. Climate and Biodiversity.
Exclusive content highlights important work of
SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 8. Sustaining Biodiversity:
National Geographic Explorers, and features over 100
The Species Approach. 9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The
new photos, maps, and illustrations that bring course
Ecosystem Approach. SUSTAINING RESOURCES AND
concepts to life. In addition to the integration of new
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 10. Food, Soil, and Pest
and engaging National Geographic content, every
Management. 11. Water Resources and Water Pollution.
chapter has been thoroughly updated and 6 new Core
12. Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 13. Energy.
Case Studies offer current examples of environmental
14. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 15. Air
problems and scenarios for potential solutions. The
Pollution, Climate Change, and Ozone Depletion. 16.
concept-centered approach used in the text transforms
Solid and Hazardous Waste. SUSTAINING HUMAN
complex environmental topics and issues into key
SOCIETIES. 17. Environmental Economics, Politics, and
concepts that students will understand and remember.
Worldviews. SUPPLEMENTS. 1. Measurement Units,
Overall, by framing the concepts with goals for
Precision, and Accuracy. 2. Reading Graphs and Maps. 3.
more sustainable lifestyles and human communities,
Maps and Data: Economics, Population, Hunger, Health,
students see how promising the future can be and
and Waste Production. 4. Maps: Biodiversity, Ecological
their important role in shaping it. The MindTap online
Footprints, and Environmental Performance. 5. Overview
edition of ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY offers additional
of U.S. Environmental History. 6. Some Basic Chemistry.
exclusive National Geographic content, including high-
7. Classifying and Naming Species. 8. Weather Basics,
quality videos on important environmental problems
El Niño, Tornadoes, and Tropical Cyclones. 9. Maps and
and efforts being made to address them. Team up with
Data: Energy and Climate. Glossary. Index.

www.cengageasia.com 9
Miller/Spoolman’s, ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY and the • “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
National Geographic Society to offer your students the present positive developments in efforts to deal with
most inspiring introduction to environmental science environmental problems.
available! • “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
NEW TO THIS EDITION describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
• Co-authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
partnered with the National Geographic Society • “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
to include exclusive content from the National chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
Geographic Society’s world-renowned photo and can apply. In the new edition a section called Tying it
map collections. Over 100 new photos, maps, and All Together serves as a recap of the Core Case Study
illustrations provide students with the most visual and puts what the student has just read in context.
and inspiring introduction to environmental science
available. CONTENTS
• New Core Case Studies in 6 of the 11 chapters provide PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
in-depth examples of specific environmental problems OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and scenarios for potential solutions, helping students and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
understand the concepts in the chapter and apply PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter,
them to a real-world situation. Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What Are They
• Individuals Matter boxes now include profiles of and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity and Evolution.
National Geographic Explorers who are making 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions, and Population
significant contributions to improving the Control. 6. The Human Population and Its Impact.
environment. These highly graphical sections 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic Biodiversity.
highlight efforts of researchers to improve the world’s PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 9. Sustaining
environment by applying unique science-based Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10. Sustaining
solutions. Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. 11.
• Consider This boxes now include a new emphasis Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity.
on Campus Sustainability to focus attention on the
© 2015, 400pp, Paperback, 9781285197265
environmental efforts of students and professors at
specific institutions.
• At the end of every chapter a new feature called Global
Environment Watch Activities help students learn how
to use an extensive database of environmental articles
and other materials that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CORE CASE STUDIES IN EVERY CHAPTER: Core case
studies explore current and relevant environmental
topics and place them in the context of sustainability
for the student.

10
www.cengageasia.com

ESSENTIALS OF ECOLOGY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 6E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
An ideal alternative to ecology texts that tend to be too
difficult for non-majors, this succinct 11-chapter, full-
color textbook covers scientific principles and concepts,
ecosystems, evolution, biodiversity, population ecology,
and more. Sustainability is the integrating theme and
co-authors G. Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire
students to take a positive approach toward finding
and implementing useful environmental solutions in
their own lives and in their careers. Updated with new
information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
centered approach transforms complex environmental
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: New “Core Case Studies” are threaded
throughout each chapter and explore current, relevant
environmental topics and place them in the context
of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes new figures
and photos, updated figures, and a new design that
reinforces and enhances learning.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
www.cengageasia.com
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter,
Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What Are They
and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity and Evolution.
5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions, and Population
Control. 6. The Human Population and Its Impact.
7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic Biodiversity.
PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 9. Sustaining
Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10. Sustaining
Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. 11.
Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity.
© 2012, 384pp, Paperback, 9780538735377
11
 © 2009, 208pp, Paperback, 9780495560241

LAB MANUAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

SCIENCE
Brooks/Cole Publishing Co.
New to support the Miller’s Environmental Science
texts, this lab manual includes both hands-on and data
analysis labs to help students develop a range of skills.
Create a custom version of this lab manual by adding
labs that you have developed or choose from our
collection with Cengage Custom Publishing.
FEATURES
• Includes both hands-on and data analysis labs and
activities to help students develop a wider range
of skills and gain greater insight on environmental
science.
CONTENTS
Forward. Lab 1 Introduction to Experimental Design.
Lab 2 The Tragedy of the Commons - A Classroom
Simulation Exercise. Lab 3 Population Growth. Lab 4
Biomagnification Through a Food Chain. Lab 5 Food
Webs. Lab 6 A Comparison of Owl Pellets from Two
Regions. Lab 7 Community Ecology: Forest Plot Analysis.
Lab 8 Allelopathy Lab. Lab 9 Butcher the Biomes. Lab
10 Does Land Use Affect Soil Texture and Permeability?
Lab 11 Soil Animals and Plant Decomposition. Lab
12 Colorimetric Determination of Free Chlorine in
Drinking Water. Lab 13 Life in a Watershed. Lab 14
Know Your Neighborhood. Lab 15 Oil Spill! Lab 16
Human Health Risk Assessment from Exposure to
Chemicals in Drinking Water. Lab 17 Use of a Portable
Sampler to Measure Total Suspended Particulates.
Lab 18 Alternative Transportation Fuels. Lab 19 Are
We Consuming our Biosphere? Lab 20 Applying and
Analyzing Cost-Benefit Analysis. Lab 21 Why is Your
Footprint so Big?
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, 18E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
“Inspiring people to care about the planet.” In the new
edition of LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, authors
Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have partnered with
the National Geographic Society to develop a text
designed to equip students with the inspiration and
knowledge they need to make a difference solving
today’s environmental issues. Exclusive content
highlights important work of National Geographic
Explorers, and features over 200 new photos, maps, and
illustrations that bring course concepts to life. Using
sustainability as the integrating theme, LIVING IN THE
ENVIRONMENT 18e, provides clear introductions to
the multiple environmental problems that we face and
balanced discussions to evaluate potential solutions.
In addition to the integration of new and engaging
National Geographic content, every chapter has been
thoroughly updated and 18 new Core Case Studies offer
current examples of present environmental problems
and scenarios for potential solutions. The concept-
centered approach used in the text transforms complex
environmental topics and issues into key concepts that
students will understand and remember. Overall, by
framing the concepts with goals for more sustainable
lifestyles and human communities, students see how
promising the future can be and their important role
in shaping it. The MindTap online edition of LIVING
IN THE ENVIRONMENT offers additional exclusive
National Geographic content, including high-quality
videos on important environmental problems and
efforts being made to address them. Team up with
Miller/Spoolman’s, LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT and
the National Geographic Society to offer your students

12
www.cengageasia.com
the most inspiring introduction to environmental
science available!
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Co-authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have
partnered with the National Geographic Society
to include exclusive content from the National
Geographic Society’s world-renowned photo and
map collections. Over new 200 photos, maps, and
illustrations provide students with the most visual
and inspiring introduction to environmental science
available.
• New Core Case Studies in 18 of the 25 chapters provide
in-depth examples of specific environmental problems
and scenarios for potential solutions, helping students
understand the concepts in the chapter and apply
them to a real-world situation.
• Individuals Matter boxes now include profiles of
National Geographic Explorers who are making
significant contributions to improving the
environment. These highly graphical sections
highlight efforts of researchers to improve the world’s
environment by applying unique science-based
solutions.
• Consider This boxes now include a new emphasis
on Campus Sustainability to focus attention on the
environmental efforts of students and professors at
specific institutions.
• At the end of every chapter a new feature called Global
Environment Watch Activities help students learn how
to use an extensive database of environmental articles
and other materials that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• Over 18 of the book’s 25 chapters have new “Core Case
Studies” that are threaded throughout each chapter.
These case studies explore current and relevant
environmental topics and place them in the context
of sustainability for the student.
• “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
www.cengageasia.com
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new and
updated figures, new photos, and a new design that
reinforces and enhances learning.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18.
Air Pollution. 19. Climate Disruption and Ozone
Depletion. 20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous
Waste. 22. Sustainable Cities. PART VI: SUSTAINING
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment,
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics,
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS. 1. Measurement
Units. 2. Reading Graphs and Maps. 3. Environmental
History of the United States. 4. Some Basic Chemistry.
5. Weather Basics. 6. Maps and Map Analysis. 7.
Environmental Data and Data Analysis.
© 2015, 816pp, Hardback, 9781133940135
13

LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, HIGH
SCHOOL LEVEL 4, 17E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
© 2012, 896pp, Hardback, 9780538493833
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 17E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
Sustainability is the integrating theme of this
current and thought-provoking book. LIVING IN THE
ENVIRONMENT, 17e, International Edition provides the
basic scientific tools for understanding and thinking
critically about the environment. Co-authors G. Tyler
Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire students to take a
positive approach toward finding and implementing
useful environmental solutions in their own lives and
in their careers. Updated with the most up-to-date
information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
centered approach transforms complex environmental
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember. Overall, by framing the
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the
14
www.cengageasia.com
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: Over half of the book’s 25 chapters have new
“Core Case Studies” that are threaded throughout
each chapter. These case studies explore current and
relevant environmental topics and place them in the
context of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new
and updated figures, new photos, and a new design
that reinforces and enhances learning.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• REAL DATA: Each chapter includes a quantitative Data
Analysis or Ecological Footprint Analysis exercise.
Data Analysis exercises include graphs and real-
life data that students refer to directly to answer
quantitative questions. Ecological Footprint Analysis
 exercises focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18. Air
Pollution. 19. Climate Change and Ozone Depletion.
20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous Waste.
22. Citiesand Sustainability. PART VI: SUSTAINING
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment,
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics,
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS.
© 2012, 784pp, Paperback, 9780538735353
www.cengageasia.com
SUSTAINING THE EARTH, 11E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
SUSTAINING THE EARTH provides the basic scientific
tools for understanding and thinking critically about the
environmental problems we face. About half the price
of other environmental science texts, this 14-chapter,
one-color core book offers an integrated approach
that emphasizes how environmental and resource
problems and solutions are related. The new edition of
SUSTAINING THE EARTH is fully updated with the latest
statistics and reports of important scientific studies.
New Connections boxes show surprising but important
connections between environmental problems and
aspects of daily life. In addition, new Thinking About
boxes help students apply the concepts of the book
to their own lives. Sustainability is the integrating
theme of this current and thought-provoking book.
The concept-centered approach transforms complex
environmental topics and issues into key concepts that
students will understand and remember. By framing the
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated with the latest statistics and reports of
important scientific studies, Expanded coverage on
topics such as ocean acidification, oil production in
the U.S., the warming of the world’s lakes, climate
change tipping points, the Great Pacific garbage
patch, how pollution prevention pays, the greening
of college campuses, and much more.
• NEW inclusion of three social science principles of
sustainability show students how to apply important
lessons from the social sciences to making our
societies and economies more sustainable.
• NEW brief Connections boxes show surprising but
15
 important connections between environmental PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 5. Sustaining
problems and aspects of daily life. Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 6. Sustaining
• NEW brief Thinking About boxes help students to Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. PART IV:
make important connections on their own and to SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 7. Food Production
apply the concepts of the book to their own lives. and the Environment. 8. Water Resources and Water
• NEW Doing Environmental Science exercises at the Pollution. 9. Nonrenewable Energy Resources. 10.
end of chapters help students to experience the work Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. PART
of environmental scientists first-hand. V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 11.
FEATURES Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 12. Air
Pollution, Climate Change, and Ozone Depletion. 13.
• Case Studies in every chapter provide an in-depth Urbanization and Solid and Hazardous Waste. PART
look at specific environmental problems and their VI: SUSTAINING HUMAN SOCIETIES. 14. Economics,
possible solutions. Politics, Worldviews, and the Environment. Appendix:
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly Units of Measurement.
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated © 2015, 384pp, Paperback, 9781285769493
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability Genetics
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned A PROBLEM-BASED GUIDE TO BASIC
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
GENETICS, 5E
sustainability. Donald Cronkite, Hope College
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased Save time and improve results with this resourceful
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs” guide, which uses problem-based learning to help you
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of learn key concepts.
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems. © 2008, 224pp, Paperback, 9780495384687

CONTENTS
Introduction: Learning Skills. PART I: HUMANS AND
SUSTAINABILITY: AN OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental
Problems, Their Causes, and Sustainability. PART
II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES, AND
SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter, Energy, and
Ecosystems. 3. Biodiversity and Evolution. 4. Community
Ecology, Population Ecology, and the Human Population.

16
www.cengageasia.com

HUMAN GENETICS AND SOCIETY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 2E
Ronnee Yashon, Tufts University; Michael Cummings, Illinois Institute
of Technology
HUMAN GENETICS AND SOCIETY, 2E, International
Edition engages students and demonstrates the
relevance of genetics with an integrated case-based
approach. Written for non-science majors, this
text grabs student attention and shows them the
importance of genetics by placing concepts within real-
life contexts that students can appreciate throughout
every chapter. Not just relegated to features, boxes, and
the end of chapters, this book’s real-world cases and
intriguing questions are woven throughout the chapter
narrative, vividly showing students how and why the
concepts of human genetics are vital to their personal
lives and to society at large.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: Updated throughout to include findings of
recent research. The accessible presentation includes
more detail and expanded coverage of many key
scientific concepts—such as mitosis and meiosis—to
help students grasp the related social issues.
• NEW: Enhanced art program with many new figures
and photographs provides more effective visual
learning. New step-by-step annotations within
complex figures help students learn key concepts.
• NEW: Chapter 6 on mutation and epigenetics presents
students with a current view of how a person’s
heritable traits are determined both by mutations in
DNA and by epigenetic changes which cause heritable
but reversible changes in the DNA and its associated
proteins.
• NEW: Chapter 16 on human evolution introduces
the use of the fossil record, genomics, and studies of
human migration in generating a new understanding
www.cengageasia.com
of the genetic relationship among present-day human
populations, as well as the genetic heritage shared
with extinct human species and primate ancestors.
• NEW: Bolded terms are now defined on the page
where first presented, helping students learn
terminology in context.
• NEW: The accompanying Biology CourseMate
program provides interactive online learning, study,
and exam preparation tools. Biology CourseMate
includes an interactive eBook, interactive teaching
and learning tools including quizzes, flashcards,
videos, and more.
FEATURES
• The clear and accessible presentation enables
students to understand concepts such as Mendelian
inheritance, pedigrees, chromosomes, karyotypes,
DNA, and more. Rather than getting mired in too
much scientific detail, the text applies concepts
to social issues—helping students make informed
decisions.
• Every chapter opens with a case about an individual, a
family member, or an entire family faced with learning
something about genetics. It might be a disorder,
a diagnostic test, or a decision to be made that
demonstrates the relevance of the chapter content.
• “What would you do if” questions engage students
with various scenarios that place them in the shoes of
legislators, judges, physicians, and the people facing
genetics-related issues in the many fascinating real-
life cases.
• “What would you do if” questions engage students
with various scenarios that place them in the shoes of
legislators, judges, physicians, and the people facing
genetics-related issues in the many fascinating real-
life cases.
CONTENTS
Preview: Genetics in Your Life. Biology Basics: Cells
and Cell Structure. 1. Sex and Development. 2. Assisted
Reproductive Technology. 3. Changes in Chromosome
Number. 4. How Genes Are Transmitted from
Generation to Generation. Biology Review: DNA and
RNA. 5: Gene Action. 6. Gene Changes; Mutation and
Epigenetics. 7. Biotechnology. 8. Genetic Testing. 9.
DNA Forensics. 10. Genomics. Biology Review: Genes,
Populations, and the Environment. 11. Complex traits.
12. Cancer. 13. Behavior Genetics. 14. Immunogenetics.
17
15. Population Genetics. 16. Human Evolution. 17. Past,
Present and Future.
© 2012, 400pp, Paperback, 9780538735339
HUMAN HEREDITY, 10E
Principles and Issues, International Edition
Michael Cummings, Illinois Institute of Technology
HUMAN HEREDITY: PRINCIPLES AND ISSUES, 10E,
International Edition engages non-Biology majors
with concepts and examples that they can apply to
themselves, their families, and their work environment.
Author Michael Cummings uses clear, concise language
to explain the origin, nature, and amount of genetic
diversity present in the human population and how
that diversity has been shaped by natural selection.
The artwork and accompanying digital resources
support visual learners by teaching rather than merely
illustrating the ideas under discussion. Examining the
social, cultural, and ethical implications associated with
the use of genetic technology, Cummings prepares
students to become well-informed consumers of
genetic-based health care services or providers of
health care services.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The text has been revised and updated
throughout to reflect the latest developments of
human genetics.
• NEW! New case studies demonstrate the relevance of
human heredity to students. These include new case
studies in Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, and 13.
• NEW! Chapter 11, Genome Alterations: Mutation
and Epigenetics, has been revised extensively and
includes a new section, Epigenetic Changes Involves
Alterations to the Genome.
18
www.cengageasia.com
FEATURES
• “Exploring Genetics” boxes and highlight applications
of concepts, present the latest findings, and point out
controversial ideas without interrupting the flow of
the text.
• “The Genetic Revolution” sections emphasize the
past, present, and future impact of genetic technology
on the daily lives of people, from genetic testing at
birth to the future of cancer therapy.
• “Genetics in Practice” case studies at the end of the
chapter are tied to the chapter introduction and
illustrate the impact of genetics in society.
• Relevant chapter opening case studies motivate the
study of the chapter and encourage students to think
seriously about genetic issues and concerns.
• The accessible writing style presents complex topics
and important concepts with great clarity and
precise logic. The on-page running glossary provides
immediate support with key definitions.
CONTENTS
1. A Perspective on Human Genetics. 2. Cells and Cell
Division. 3. Transmission of Genes from Generation to
Generation. 4. Pedigree Analysis in Human Genetics.
5. The Inheritance of Complex Traits. 6. Cytogenetics:
Karyotypes and Chromosome Aberrations. 7.
Development and Sex Determination. 8. The Structure,
Replication, and Chromosomal Organization of DNA. 9.
Gene Expression and Gene Regulation. 10. From Proteins
to Phenotypes. 11. Genome Alterations: Mutation and
Epigenetics. 12. Genes and Cancer. 13. An Introduction to
Genetic Technology. 14. Biotechnology and Society. 15.
Genomes and Genomics. 16. Reproductive Technology,
Genetic Testing, and Gene Therapy. 17. Genes and the
Immune System. 18. Genetics of Behavior. 19. Population
Genetics and Human Evolution. Appendix: Answers to
Selected Questions and Problems. Glossary. Index.
© 2014, 496pp, Paperback, 9781133108634
 Human Anatomy &
Physiology
ESSENTIALS OF PHYSIOLOGY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 4E
Lauralee Sherwood, West Virginia University
Organized around the central theme of homeostasis,
ESSENTIALS OF PHYSIOLOGY, 4e, International
Edition is a carefully condensed version of Lauralee
Sherwood’s HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY: FROM CELLS
TO SYSTEMS, International Edition. It provides clear,
current, concise, clinically oriented coverage of
physiology. Many analogies and frequent references
to everyday experiences help students relate to the
physiology concepts presented. Offering helpful
art and pedagogical features, Sherwood promotes
understanding of the basic principles and concepts of
physiology rather than memorization of details and
provides a foundation for future careers in the health
professions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: Over 90% of the art has been upgraded
in this edition, with more three-dimensional art;
many conceptually redesigned or new figures to
enhance student understanding; brighter, more
contemporary, and more visually appealing colors;
and more consistent style throughout. More electron
micrographs are included than ever before.
• NEW: Icons of physical entities, such as body
structures and chemicals, are incorporated into
the flow diagrams to aid students in learning what
structures are involved in specific actions.
• NEW: Tear-out study cards for each chapter contain
concept summaries and key figures and allow students
to study any where at any time. The study cards
www.cengageasia.com
present the major points of each chapter in concise,
section-by-section bulleted lists, including cross-
references for page numbers, figures, and tables.
• NEW: Information based on recent discoveries
has been included in all chapters. Students can be
assured of the timeliness and accuracy of the material
presented. Some controversial ideas and hypotheses
are presented to illustrate that physiology is a
dynamic, changing discipline.
• NEW: This edition is the most extensive revision yet,
taking into account new discoveries in the field as well
as clarifying, modifying, and simplifying as needed.
FEATURES
• HOMEOSTASIS THEME: The central theme of
homeostasis helps students understand the
relationship among the body systems. Each chapter
begins with a unique, easy-to-follow homeostatic
model and ends with a “Chapter in Perspective: Focus
on Homeostasis” section.
• FUNDAMENTALS: This book provides clear, current,
concise, clinically oriented coverage of physiology at
an accessible level.
• HELPFUL ART: Widespread use of integrated
descriptions within figures, including numerous
process-oriented figures with step-by-step
descriptions, allows visually oriented students to
review processes through figures.
• RELEVANCY: “Clinical Note” icons flag clinically
relevant material which is integrated throughout
the text. “Beyond the Basics” boxes present high-
interest information on such diverse topics as stem
cell research, exercise physiology, and body responses
to new environments such as those encountered in
deep-sea diving.
• END OF CHAPTER SUPPORT: “Review Exercises”
include a variety of question formats for students
to self-test their knowledge and application of the
facts and concepts presented. A “Points to Ponder”
section features thought-provoking problems that
encourage students to analyze what they have
learned, and the “Clinical Consideration,” a mini case
history, challenges them to apply their knowledge to
a patient’s specific symptoms.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Physiology and Homeostasis. 2. Cell
Physiology. 3. The Plasma Membrane and Membrane
19
Potential. 4. Principles of Neural and Hormonal
Communication. 5. The Central Nervous System. 6. The
Peripheral Nervous System: Afferent Division; Special
Senses. 7. The Peripheral Nervous System: Efferent
Division. 8. Muscle Physiology. 9. Cardiac Physiology.
10. The Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure. 11. The Blood
and Body Defenses. 12. The Respiratory System. 13.
The Urinary System. 14. Fluid and Acid Base Balance.
15. The Digestive System. 16. Energy Balance and
Temperature Regulation. 17. The Endocrine System. 18.
The Reproductive System.
© 2012, 752pp, Paperback, 9780840062376
FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN
PHYSIOLOGY, 4E
Lauralee Sherwood, West Virginia University
Organized around the central theme of homeostasis,
FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY is a
carefully condensed version of Lauralee Sherwood’s
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY: FROM CELLS TO SYSTEMS.
It provides clear, current, concise, clinically oriented
coverage of physiology. Many analogies and frequent
references to everyday experiences help students relate
to the physiology concepts presented. Offering helpful
art and pedagogical features, Sherwood promotes
understanding of the basic principles and concepts of
physiology rather than memorization of details and
provides a foundation for future careers in the health
professions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Over 90% of the art has been upgraded in this edition,
with more three-dimensional art; many conceptually
redesigned or new figures to enhance student
understanding; brighter, more contemporary, and
more visually appealing colors; and more consistent
20
www.cengageasia.com
style throughout. More electron micrographs are
included than ever before.
• Icons of physical entities, such as body structures and
chemicals, are incorporated into the flow diagrams to
aid students in learning what structures are involved
in specific actions.
• Tear-out study cards for each chapter contain concept
summaries and key figures and allow students to study
any where at any time. The study cards present the
major points of each chapter in concise, section-by-
section bulleted lists, including cross-references for
page numbers, figures, and tables.
• Information based on recent discoveries has been
included in all chapters. Students can be assured of
the timeliness and accuracy of the material presented.
Some controversial ideas and hypotheses are
presented to illustrate that physiology is a dynamic,
changing discipline.
• This edition is the most extensive revision yet, taking
into account new discoveries in the field as well as
clarifying, modifying, and simplifying as needed.
FEATURES
• HOMEOSTASIS THEME: The central theme of
homeostasis helps students understand the
relationship among the body systems. Each chapter
begins with a unique, easy-to-follow homeostatic
model and ends with a “Chapter in Perspective: Focus
on Homeostasis” section.
• FUNDAMENTALS: This book provides clear, current,
concise, clinically oriented coverage of physiology at
an accessible level.
• HELPFUL ART: Widespread use of integrated
descriptions within figures, including numerous
process-oriented figures with step-by-step
descriptions, allows visually oriented students to
review processes through figures.
• RELEVANCY: “Clinical Note” icons flag clinically
relevant material which is integrated throughout
the text. “Beyond the Basics” boxes present high-
interest information on such diverse topics as stem
cell research, exercise physiology, and body responses
to new environments such as those encountered in
deep-sea diving.
• END OF CHAPTER SUPPORT: “Review Exercises”
include a variety of question formats for students
to self-test their knowledge and application of the
facts and concepts presented. A “Points to Ponder”
 section features thought-provoking problems that
encourage students to analyze what they have
learned, and the “Clinical Consideration,” a mini case
history, challenges them to apply their knowledge to
a patient’s specific symptoms.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Physiology and Homeostasis. 2. Cell
Physiology. 3. The Plasma Membrane and Membrane
Potential. 4. Principles of Neural and Hormonal
Communication. 5. The Central Nervous System. 6. The
Peripheral Nervous System: Afferent Division; Special
Senses. 7. The Peripheral Nervous System: Efferent
Division. 8. Muscle Physiology. 9. Cardiac Physiology.
10. The Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure. 11. The Blood
and Body Defenses. 12. The Respiratory System. 13.
The Urinary System. 14. Fluid and Acid Base Balance.
15. The Digestive System. 16. Energy Balance and
Temperature Regulation. 17. The Endocrine System. 18.
The Reproductive System.
© 2012, 720pp, Paperback, 9780840062253
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY, 8E
From Cells to Systems with CB CourseSmart eBook
Lauralee Sherwood, West Virginia University
CB CourseSmart eBook – The ultimate eBook experience
has arrived! Easily access our eBooks with features that
will improve your reading experience, and tools to help
you take notes and organize your studies. Organized
around the central theme of homeostasis—how the
body meets changing demands while maintaining
the internal constancy necessary for all cells and
organs to function—HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY helps you
understand how each component of the course depends
on the others and appreciate the integrated functioning
of the human body. Author Lauralee Sherwood uses
www.cengageasia.com
clear straightforward language, analogies, and frequent
references to everyday experiences to help you learn
and relate to the physiology concepts. The updated art
program and new digital resources—including robust
3D animations—enable you to visualize important
concepts and processes. By focusing on the core
principles and sharing enthusiasm for the subject
matter, Sherwood provides a solid foundation for future
courses and careers in the health profession.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: Updated coverage throughout includes
information based on recent discoveries. Some
controversial ideas and hypotheses are presented
to illustrate that physiology is a dynamic, changing
discipline.
• NEW: Check Your Understanding questions have
been added after each major section to help students
review the main ideas discussed.
• NEW: Upgraded art program includes more three-
dimensional art and many conceptually redesigned
or new figures to enhance student understanding.
• NEW: Many of the topics in the boxes—A Closer Look
at Exercise Physiology and Concepts, Challenges,
and Controversies—have been updated to expose
students to current, high-interest information.
• NEW: The accompanying Biology CourseMate
program provides interactive online learning, study,
and exam preparation tools. Biology CourseMate
includes an interactive eBook and learning tools
including 3D animations, quizzes, flashcards, videos,
and more.
• NEW: Virtual Physiology Labs enable students to
conduct experiments online without expensive
equipment. By acquiring data, performing experiments,
and using that data to explain physiology concepts,
students become involved in the scientific process—
they don’t just watch or read about it.
• HOMEOSTASIS THEME: The central theme of
homeostasis helps students understand the
relationship among the body systems. Each chapter
begins with “Homeostasis Highlights” and ends
with “Homeostasis: Chapter in Perspective,” both of
which help students to see how a particular system
contributes to the body as a whole.
• PEDAGOGICAL ART: Widespread use of integrated
descriptions within figures, including numerous
process-oriented figures with step-by-step
21
 descriptions, allows visually-oriented students to
review processes through figures.
• R E L E VA N C Y: “ C o n c e p t s , C h a l l e n g e s , a n d
Controversies” boxes expose students to high-interest
and relevant information on such diverse topics as
environmental impact on the body, stem cell research,
acupuncture, strokes, and more. “A Closer Look at
Exercise Physiology” boxes increase awareness of the
importance of physical fitness and show physiological
impacts of exercise.
• TOPIC SUPPORT: “Check Your Understanding”
questions appear after each major section to help
students review the main ideas just discussed.
Also, at the end of each chapter, “Review Exercises”
include a variety of question formats for students
to self-test their knowledge and application of the
facts and concepts presented. A “Points to Ponder”
section features thought-provoking problems that
encourage students to analyze what they have
learned, and the “Clinical Consideration,” a mini case
history, challenges them to apply their knowledge to
a patient’s specific symptoms.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Physiology and Homeostasis. 2. Cell
Physiology. 3. The Plasma Membrane and Membrane
Potential. 4. Principles of Neural and Hormonal
Communication. 5. The Central Nervous System. 6. The
Peripheral Nervous System: Afferent Division; Special
Senses. 7. The Peripheral Nervous System: Efferent
Division. 8. Muscle Physiology. 9. Cardiac Physiology.
10. The Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure. 11. The Blood.
12. Body Defenses. 13. The Respiratory System. 14. The
Urinary System. 15. Fluid and Acid–Base Balance. 16. The
Digestive System. 17. Energy Balance and Temperature
Regulation. 18. Principles of Endocrinology; The Central
Endocrine Glands. 19. The Peripheral Endocrine Glands.
20. The Reproductive System. Appendix. A Review
of Chemical Principles. Appendix. Text References to
Exercise Physiology. Appendix. Answers to Check Your
Understanding, End-of-Chapter Objective Questions,
Quantitative Exercises, Points to Ponder, and Clinical
Considerations. Glossary. Index.
© 2013, 680pp, Paperback, 9789814568913
22
www.cengageasia.com
Available!
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN
PHYSIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL EDITION,
8E
Lauralee Sherwood, West Virginia University
Organized around the central theme of homeostasis,
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY, 8E, International Edition
helps students understand how each component of
the course depends on the others and appreciate
the integrated functioning of the human body.
Author Lauralee Sherwood uses clear straightforward
language, analogies, and frequent references to
everyday experiences to help students learn and
relate to the physiology concepts. The updated art
program and new digital resources—including robust
3D animations—enable students to visualize important
concepts and processes. By focusing on the core
principles and sharing enthusiasm for the subject
matter, Sherwood provides a solid foundation for future
courses and careers in the health profession.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: Updated coverage throughout includes
information based on recent discoveries. Some
controversial ideas and hypotheses are presented
to illustrate that physiology is a dynamic, changing
discipline.
• NEW: Check Your Understanding questions have
been added after each major section to help students
review the main ideas discussed.
• NEW: Upgraded art program includes more three-
dimensional art and many conceptually redesigned
or new figures to enhance student understanding.
• NEW: Many of the topics in the boxes—A Closer Look
at Exercise Physiology and Concepts, Challenges,
and Controversies—have been updated to expose
students to current, high-interest information.
• NEW: The accompanying Biology CourseMate
 program provides interactive online learning, study,
and exam preparation tools. Biology CourseMate
includes an interactive eBook and learning tools
including 3D animations, quizzes, flashcards, videos,
and more.
• NEW: Virtual Physiology Labs enable students to
conduct experiments online without expensive
equipment. By acquiring data, performing experiments,
and using that data to explain physiology concepts,
students become involved in the scientific process—
they don’t just watch or read about it.
FEATURES
• HOMEOSTASIS THEME: The central theme of
homeostasis helps students understand the
relationship among the body systems. Each chapter
begins with “Homeostasis Highlights” and ends
with “Homeostasis: Chapter in Perspective,” both of
which help students to see how a particular system
contributes to the body as a whole.
• PEDAGOGICAL ART: Widespread use of integrated
descriptions within figures, including numerous
process-oriented figures with step-by-step
descriptions, allows visually-oriented students to
review processes through figures.
• R E L E VA N C Y: “ C o n c e p t s , C h a l l e n g e s , a n d
Controversies” boxes expose students to high-interest
and relevant information on such diverse topics as
environmental impact on the body, stem cell research,
acupuncture, strokes, and more. “A Closer Look at
Exercise Physiology” boxes increase awareness of the
importance of physical fitness and show physiological
impacts of exercise.
• TOPIC SUPPORT: “Check Your Understanding”
questions appear after each major section to help
students review the main ideas just discussed.
Also, at the end of each chapter, “Review Exercises”
include a variety of question formats for students
to self-test their knowledge and application of the
facts and concepts presented. A “Points to Ponder”
section features thought-provoking problems that
encourage students to analyze what they have
learned, and the “Clinical Consideration,” a mini case
history, challenges them to apply their knowledge to
a patient’s specific symptoms.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Physiology and Homeostasis. 2. Cell
www.cengageasia.com
Physiology. 3. The Plasma Membrane and Membrane
Potential. 4. Principles of Neural and Hormonal
Communication. 5. The Central Nervous System. 6. The
Peripheral Nervous System: Afferent Division; Special
Senses. 7. The Peripheral Nervous System: Efferent
Division. 8. Muscle Physiology. 9. Cardiac Physiology.
10. The Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure. 11. The Blood.
12. Body Defenses. 13. The Respiratory System. 14. The
Urinary System. 15. Fluid and Acid–Base Balance. 16. The
Digestive System. 17. Energy Balance and Temperature
Regulation. 18. Principles of Endocrinology; The Central
Endocrine Glands. 19. The Peripheral Endocrine Glands.
20. The Reproductive System. Appendix. A Review
of Chemical Principles. Appendix. Text References to
Exercise Physiology. Appendix. Answers. Glossary.
Index.
© 2013, 976pp, Paperback, 9781133104544
RENAL PHYSIOLOGY: FIGURE-BASED
INSTRUCTION, 2E
Cheng Hwee Ming, University of Malaya
This illustrated book contains questions and answers
in a logical way to aid the student in revising renal
physiology. The questions on each page are related to
a simplified figure to help the student visualise as he
responds. Questions have been formulated to stimulate
thinking rather than to test recall of facts. There is some
repetition among the questions and this will serve to
reinforce essential areas in renal function. Working
through these figure-based questions will hopefully
train the student to “filter” the wealth of information
available in order to have a clear, uncluttered framework
of nephron function. Also, the questions should guide
him to “reabsorb” and retain key principles for a good
working knowledge of how the kidneys perform so
23
marvelously in the homeostasis of several aspects of the
extracellular fluid space. This figure-based instruction
(FBI) book will be useful for medical students as well
as students learning Physiology in Pharmacy, Dental
and Biomedical Programmes.
FEATURES
• Essential summary statements are boxed at the end
of the selected topics in the book.
• Two additional appendices have been written. The
first appendix is to elaborate and illustrate with
examples the central concept of osmosis, osmolarity
control and the important role of the kidneys in these
mechanisms. The second appendix has two ‘renal
rhymes’ to create enjoyment for students working
through the complexities of renal handling.
• This book has also been reviewed by two professors
– one in Slovakia and one in Czech Republic. Their
reviews can be found on the book cover.
CONTENTS
1. Ah Meng and total body water. 2. Ai Swee and
hypotonic expansion 3. Body fluid compartments. 4.
A half-marathon. 5. ECF volume disturbance. 6. Renal
filtration membrane. 7. Pre-glomerular afferent. 8. Post-
glomerular efferent arteriole. 9. Cardiac output and
renal blood flow. 10. Dr. Rina and renal vasoconstrictor.
11. Renal handling of inulin. 12. Renal handling of
creatinine. 13. Transcellular and paracellular tubular
transport. 14. Renal handling of glucose. 15. Tubular
reabsorption of glucose. 16. Mannitol and Proximal Na+
/ water reabsorption. 17. Urea and renal function. 18.
Passive tubular transport. 19. Renal handling of PAH. 20.
Passive secretion of organic acids. 21. Renal handling of
proteins. 22. Tubular fluid/plasma ratio. 23. Renal oxygen
consumption. 24. Kidney and sodium homeostasis.
25. Hormone/sympathetic nerve and proximal tubule.
26. Juxtaglomerular apparatus. 27. Renal handling
of sodium. 28. Water/sodium “talk”. 29. Denervated
kindney. 30. Glomerulo-tubular balance. 31. Sodium
and thick ascending Henle’s loop. 32. Juxtamedullary
nephron. 33. ADH and water reabsorption. 34. Integrated
ADH response. 35. Renal handling of water. 36. Renal
clearance of water. 37. Water excretion. 38. Permeability
characteristics of nephron. 39. Functions of afferent
arteriole. 40. Circulatory shock. 41. Control of ECF
volume. 42. Potassium homeostasis. 43. Renal handling
of calcium. 44. Chronic renal failure and osteomalacia.
24
www.cengageasia.com
45. Renal handling of bicarbonate. 46. Tubular hydrogen
ion secretion. 47. Ammonium and renal function. 48.
Handerson Hasselbalch equation. 49. Defence against
acid load. 50. Urinary excretion of hydrogen ion. 51.
Diarrhoea and pH balance. 52. Control of ECF pH. 53.
Regulation of ECF pH. 54. Responses to vomiting. 55.
Protein intake and GFR. 56. Renal functions.
© 2011, 132pp, Paperback, 9789814319850
UPDATE: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
LABORATORY MANUAL, 8E
Robert Amitrano, Bergen Community College; Gerard Tortora, Bergen
Community College
Known for its clear descriptions and art program, this
lab manual examines every structure and function of
the human body. It features dissection of the white
rat, numerous physiological experiments, and an
emphasis on the study of anatomy through histology.
In addition to a large variety of illustrations, helpful
learning support includes lists of appropriate terms
accompanying art, numerous photomicrographs
and specimen photos, phonetic pronunciations and
derivations of terms, diagrams of lab equipment,
and lab report questions and report templates. An
instructor’s guide is available and provides detailed
information for instructors about needed materials,
suggestions, and answers to questions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated and revised diagrams throughout the manual
include the most up to date anatomical nomenclature.
• Expanded coverage includes more spinal somatic
reflex tests, a description of the Trigeminothalamic
Pathway, and a more complete listing of skeletal
muscles.
• Revised blood vessel tables better describe distribution
 and clinical usage in Chapter 18. Skeletal Muscles. D. Connective Tissue Components.
FEATURES E. Principal Skeletal Muscles. F. Composite Muscular
System. Exercise 11 - SURFACE ANATOMY. A. Head. B.
• Clear art program with detailed anatomical drawings, Neck. C. Trunk. D. Upper Limb (Extremity). E. Lower
diagrams, photographs, photomicrographs, and Limb (Extremity). Exercise 12 - NERVOUS TISSUE. A.
scanning electron micrographs that show students Nervous System Divisions. B. Histology of Nervous
how the structures of the body actually look. Tissue. C. Histology of Neuroglia. D. Neuronal Circuits.
• The most up to date anatomical terminology, with E. Reflex Arc. F. Demonstration of Reflex Arc. Exercise 13
phonetic pronunciations and derivations. - NERVOUS SYSTEM. A. Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves.
CONTENTS B. Brain. C. Cranial Nerves: Names and Components.
D. Tests of Cranial Nerve Function. E. Dissection of
Laboratory Safety. Commonly Used Laboratory
Sheep Brain. F. Autonomic Nervous System. Exercise
Equipment Pronunciation Key. Exercise 1 - MICROSCOPY.
14 - SENSORY RECEPTORS AND SENSORY AND
A. Compound Light Microscope. Exercise 2 -
MOTOR PATHWAYS. A. Characteristics of Sensations.
INTRODUCTION TO THE HUMAN BODY. A. Anatomy
B. Classification of Receptors. C. Receptors for Somatic
and Physiology. B. Levels of Body Organization. C.
Senses. D. Tests for Somatic Senses. E. Somatic Sensory
Systems of the Body. D. Life Processes. E. Homeostasis.
Pathways. F. Olfaction. G. Gustation. H. Vision. I.
F. Anatomical Position and Regional Names. G. External
Hearing and Equilibrium. J. Sensory-Motor Integration.
Features of the Body. H. Directional Terms. I. Planes of
K. Somatic Motor Pathways. Exercise 15 - ENDOCRINE
the Body. J. Body Cavities. K. Abdominopelvic Regions.
SYSTEM. A. Endocrine Glands. B. Pituitary Gland
L. Abdominopelvic Quadrants. M. Dissection of White
(Hypophysis). C. Thyroid Gland. D. Parathyroid Glands.
Rat. Exercise 3 - CELLS. A. Cell Parts. B. Organelles. C.
E. Adrenal (Suprarenal) Glands. F. Pancreatic Islets. G.
Diversity of Cells. D. Movement of Substances Across
Testes. H. Ovaries. I. Pineal Gland. J. Thymus Gland.
and Through Plasma Membranes. E. Extracellular
K. Other Endocrine Tissues. Exercise 16 - BLOOD. A.
Materials. F. Cell Division. Exercise 4 - TISSUES. A.
Components and Origin of Blood. B. Plasma. C. Red
Epithelial Tissue. B. Connective Tissue. C. Membranes.
Blood Cells. D. Red Blood Cell Tests. E. White Blood
Exercise 5 - INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM. A. Skin. B.
Cells. F. White Blood Cell Tests. G. Platelets. H. Drawings
Hair. C. Glands. D. Nails. E. Homeostasis of Body
of Blood Cells. I. Blood Grouping (Typing). Exercise 17
Temperature. Exercise 6 - BONE TISSUE. A. Functions of
- HEART. A. Location and Surface Projection of Heart.
Bone. B. Structure of a Long Bone. C. Histology of Bone.
B. Pericardium. C. Heart Wall. D. Chambers and Great
D. Chemistry of Bone. E. Bone Formation: Ossification.
Vessels of Heart. E. Valves of Heart. F. Blood Supply of
F. Bone Growth. G. Fractures. H. Types of Bones. I.
Heart. G. Dissection of Sheep Heart. Exercise 18 - BLOOD
Bone Surface Markings. Exercise 7 - BONES. A. Bones
VESSELS. A. Arteries and Arterioles. B. Capillaries.
of Adult Skull. B. Sutures of Skull. C. Fontanels of Skull.
C. Venules and Veins. D. Circulatory Routes. E. Blood
D. Paranasal Sinuses of Skull. E. Vertebral Column. F.
Vessel Exercise. Exercise 19 - CARDIOVASCULAR
Vertebrae. G. Sternum and Ribs. H. Pectoral (Shoulder)
PHYSIOLOGY. A. Cardiac Conduction System and
Girdles. I. Upper Limbs. J. Pelvic (Hip) Girdle. K. Lower
Electrocardiogram (ECG or EKG). B. Cardiac Cycle. C.
Limbs. L. Articulated Skeleton. Exercise 8 - JOINTS.
Cardiac Cycle Experiments. D. Heart Sounds. E. Pulse
A. Kinds of Joints. B. Fibrous Joints. C. Cartilaginous
Rate. F. Blood Pressure (Auscultation Method). Exercise
Joints. D. Synovial Joints. E. Knee Joint. Exercise 9 -
20 - LYMPHATIC AND IMMUNE SYSTEM. A. Lymphatic
MUSCULAR TISSUE. A. Types of Muscular Tissue. B.
Vessels. B. Lymphatic Tissues. C. Lymph Circulation.
Structure of Skeletal Muscle Tissue. C. Contraction of
Exercise 21 - RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. A. Organs of
Skeletal Muscle Tissue. D. Laboratory Tests on Skeletal
the Respiratory System. B. Dissection of Sheep Pluck.
Muscle Contraction. E. Biochemistry of Skeletal
C. Laboratory Tests on Respiration. D. Laboratory
Muscle Contraction. F. Electromyography. G. Cardiac
Tests Combining Respiratory and Cardiovascular
Muscle Tissue. H. Smooth Muscle Tissue. Exercise 10 -
Interactions. Exercise 22 - DIGESTIVE SYSTEM. A.
MUSCULAR SYSTEM. A. How Skeletal Muscles Produce
General Organization of Digestive System. B. Organs
Movement. B. Arrangement of Fascicles. C. Naming

www.cengageasia.com 25
of Digestive System. C. Deglutition. D. Chemistry of
Digestion. Exercise 23 - URINARY SYSTEM. A. Organs of
Urinary System. B. Dissection of Sheep (or Pig) Kidney.
C. Urine. D. Urinalysis. Exercise 24 - pH AND ACID-BASE
BALANCE. A. The Concept of pH. B. Measuring pH. C.
Acid-Base Balance. D. Acid-Base Imbalances. Exercise
25 - REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS. A. Organs of Male
Reproductive System. B. Organs of Female Reproductive
System. C. Dissection of Fetus-Containing Pig Uterus.
Exercise 26 - DEVELOPMENT. A. Spermatogenesis.
B. Oogenesis. C. Embyronic Period. D. Fetal Period.
Exercise 27 - GENETICS. A. Genotype and Phenotype.
B. Punnett Squares. C. Sex Inheritance. D. Sex-Linked
Inheritance. E. Mendelian Laws. F. Multiple Alleles. G.
Genetics Exercises. Appendix A: Some Important Units
of Measurement. Appendix B: Periodic Table of the
Elements. Appendix C: Eponyms Used in This Laboratory
Manual 629.
© 2013, 688pp, Spiral, 9781133365488
UPDATE: LABORATORY EXERCISES IN
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY WITH CAT
DISSECTIONS, 8E
Robert Amitrano, Bergen Community College; Gerard Tortora, Bergen
Community College
Known for its clear descriptions and art program, this
lab manual examines every structure and function of the
human body. It features dissection of the cat, numerous
physiological experiments, and an emphasis on the
study of anatomy through histology. In addition to a
large variety of illustrations, helpful learning support
includes lists of appropriate terms accompanying art,
numerous photomicrographs and specimen photos,
phonetic pronunciations and derivations of terms,
diagrams of lab equipment, and lab report questions
and report templates. An instructor’s guide is available
26
www.cengageasia.com
and provides detailed information for instructors
about needed materials, suggestions, and answers to
questions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated and revised diagrams throughout the manual
include the most up to date anatomical nomenclature.
• Expanded coverage includes more spinal somatic
reflex tests, a description of the Trigeminothalamic
Pathway, and a more complete listing of skeletal
muscles.
• Revised blood vessel tables better describe distribution
and clinical usage in Chapter 18.
FEATURES
• Clear art program with detailed anatomical drawings,
diagrams, photographs, photomicrographs, and
scanning electron micrographs that show students
how the structures of the body actually look. Diagrams
and photos that are larger and clearer than the
previous edition so students can easily understand
the concepts visually.
• The most up to date anatomical terminology, with
phonetic pronunciations and derivations.
• Supplies students with pictures of common laboratory
equipment and signage.
• Laboratory report forms follow each exercise and may
be completed and turned in for grading.
• An ongoing emphasis on laboratory safety.
• Combines the use of text, art, activities, report
writing and thinking skills in the most interactive
environment possible, providing a powerful learning
experience.
CONTENTS
Laboratory Safety. Commonly Used Laboratory
Equipment. Pronunciation Key. EXERCISE 1. Microscopy.
A. Compound Light Microscope. EXERCISE 2.
Introduction to the Human Body. A. Anatomy and
Physiology. B. Levels of Body Organization. C. Systems
of the Body. D. Life Processes. E. Homeostasis. F.
Anatomical Position and Regional Names. G. External
Features of the Body. H. Directional Terms. I. Planes of
the Body. J. Body Cavities. K. Abdominopelvic Regions.
L. Abdominopelvic Quadrants. M. Dissection of White
Rat. EXERCISE 3. Cells. A. Cell Parts. B. Organelles. C.
Diversity of Cells. D. Movement of Substances Across
and Through Plasma Membranes. E. Extracellular
Materials. F. Cell Division. EXERCISE 4. Tissues A.
Epithelial Tissue B. Connective Tissue. C. Membranes.
EXERCISE 5. Integumentary System. A. Skin. B. Hair. C.
Glands. D. Nails. E. Homeostasis of Body Temperature.
EXERCISE 6. Bone Tissue. A. Functions of Bone. B.
Structure of a Long Bone. C. Histology of Bone. D.
Chemistry of Bone. E. Bone Formation: Ossification.
F. Bone Growth. G. Fractures. H. Types of Bones. I.
Bone Surface Markings. EXERCISE 7. Bones. A. Bones
of Adult Skull. B. Sutures of Skull. C. Fontanels of Skull.
D. Paranasal Sinuses of Skull. E. Vertebral Column. F.
Vertebrae. G. Sternum and Ribs. H. Pectoral (Shoulder)
Girdles. I. Upper Limbs. J. Pelvic (Hip) Girdle. K. Lower
Limbs. L. Articulated Skeleton. M. Skeletal System of
Cat. EXERCISE 8. Joints. A. Kinds of Joints. B. Fibrous
Joints. C. Cartilaginous Joints. D. Synovial Joints. E.
Knee Joint. F. Principal Joints of the Body. EXERCISE
9. Muscular Tissue. A. Types of Muscular Tissue. B.
Structure of Skeletal Muscle Tissue. C. Contraction of
Skeletal Muscle Tissue. D. Laboratory Tests on Skeletal
Muscle Contraction. E. Biochemistry of Skeletal Muscle
Contraction. F. Electromyography. G. Cardiac Muscle
Tissue. H. Smooth Muscle Tissue EXERCISE 10 Muscular
System A. How Skeletal Muscles Produce Movement. B.
Arrangement of Fascicles. C. Naming Skeletal Muscles.
D. Connective Tissue Components. E. Principal Skeletal
Muscles. F. Composite Muscular System. G. Dissection
of Cat Muscular System. EXERCISE 11 Surface Anatomy
A. Head. B. Neck. C. Trunk. D. Upper Limb (Extremity).
E. Lower Limb (Extremity). EXERCISE 12. Nervous Tissue.
A. Nervous System Divisions. B. Histology of Nervous
Tissue. C. Histology of Neuroglia. D. Neuronal Circuits.
E. Reflex Arc. F. Demonstration of Reflex Arc. EXERCISE
13. Nervous System. A. Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves.
B. Brain. C. Cranial Nerves: Names and Components. D.
Tests of Cranial Nerve Function. E. Dissection of Nervous
System. F. Autonomic Nervous System. EXERCISE 14.
Sensory Receptors and Sensory and Motor Pathways.
A. Characteristics of Sensations. B. Classification of
Receptors. C. Receptors for Somatic Senses. D. Tests
for Somatic Senses. E. Somatic Sensory Pathways.
F. Olfaction. G. Gustation. H. Vision. I. Hearing and
Equilibrium. J. Sensory-Motor Integration. K. Somatic
Motor Pathways. EXERCISE 15. Endocrine System. A.
Endocrine Glands. B. Pituitary Gland (Hypophysis).
C. Thyroid Gland. D. Parathyroid Glands. E. Adrenal
(Suprarenal) Glandx. F. Pancreatic Islets. G. Testes.
www.cengageasia.com
H. Ovaries. I. Pineal Gland. J. Thymus Gland. K. Other
Endocrine Tissues. EXERCISE 16. Blood. A. Components
and Origin of Blood. B. Plasma. C. Red Blood Cells.
D. Red Blood Cell Tests. E. White Blood Cells. F.
White Blood Cell Tests. G. Platelets. H. Drawings of
Blood Cells. I. Blood Grouping (Typing). EXERCISE 17.
Heart. A. Location and Surface Projection of Heart.
B. Pericardium. C. Heart Wall. D. Chambers and Great
Vessels of Heart. E. Valves of Heart. F. Blood Supply of
Heart. G. Dissection of Sheep Heart. EXERCISE 18. Blood
Vessels. A. Arteries and Arterioles. B. Capillaries. C.
Venules and Veins. D. Circulatory Routes. E. Blood Vessel
Exercise. F. Dissection of Cat Cardiovascular System.
EXERCISE 19. Cardiovascular Physiology. A. Cardiac
Conduction System and Electrocardiogram (ECG or
EKG). B. Cardiac Cycle. C. Cardiac Cycle Experiments.
D. Heart Sounds. E. Pulse Rate. F. Blood Pressure
(Auscultation Method). EXERCISE 20. Lymphatic and
Immune System. A. Lymphatic Vessels. B. Lymphatic
Tissues. C. Lymph Circulation. D. Dissection of Cat
Lymphatic System. EXERCISE 21. Respiratory System.
A. Organs of the Respiratory System. B. Dissection of
Cat Respiratory System. C. Dissection of Sheep Pluck.
D. Laboratory Tests on Respiration. E. Laboratory Tests
Combining Respiratory and Cardiovascular Interactions.
EXERCISE 22. Digestive System. A. General Organization
of Digestive System. B. Organs of Digestive System.
C. Dissection of Cat Digestive System. D. Deglutition.
E. Observation of Movements of the Gastrointestinal
Tract. F. Physiology of Intestinal Smooth Muscle. G.
Chemistry of Digestion. EXERCISE 23. Urinary System.
A. Organs of Urinary System. B. Dissection of Cat
Urinary System. C. Dissection of Sheep (or Pig) Kidney.
D. Urine. E. Urinalysis. EXERCISE 24. pH and Acid-
Base Balance. A. The Concept of pH. B. Measuring
pH. C. Acid-Base Balance. D. Acid-Base Imbalances.
EXERCISE 25. Reproductive Systems. A. Organs of Male
Reproductive System. B. Organs of Female Reproductive
System. C. Dissection of Cat Reproductive Systems. D.
Dissection of Fetus-Containing Pig Uterus. EXERCISE
26. Development. A. Spermatogenesis. B. Oogenesis.
C. Embyronic Period. D. Fetal Period. Appendix A: Some
Important Units of Measurement. Appendix B: Periodic
Table of the Elements. Appendix C: Eponyms Used in
This Laboratory Manual. Figure Credits. Index.
© 2013, 702pp, Spiral, 9781133365471
27
 Human Biology
HUMAN BIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL
EDITION, 10E
Cecie Starr; Beverly McMillan
Clear, engaging, and visual, Starr and McMillan’s
HUMAN BIOLOGY, 10E, International Edition teaches
students the core concepts of human biology and
prepares them to make well-informed decisions in
their lives. Each chapter opens with an application
that highlights the relevance of biology and motivates
the study of the topic. Students then learn the basic
concepts which help them think critically about
these issues. Useful pedagogy such as section ending
“Take-Home Messages” and a running glossary
ensure students understand key concepts. At the end
of the chapter, “Your Future” and “Explore on Your
Own” sections demonstrate the impact and personal
relevance of the content on their lives.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! CONCEPT ROAD MAPS help students focus on
key concepts in each chapter, make connections to
prior concepts, and see where the material is leading.
• NEW! “YOUR FUTURE” sections at the end of each
chapter demonstrate the personal relevance of the
material and prepare students to make well-informed
decisions as consumers and voters.
• NEW! UPDATED COVERAGE appears throughout with
the latest research and even more clarity. The case
studies are now be carried throughout the chapters.
• NEW! UPDATED ART PROGRAM features larger art
pieces to help visual learners. The visually-appealing
and accurate art program includes step-by-step art,
“Figure It Out” images, and animated figures.
• NEW! ENHANCED END OF CHAPTER MATERIAL
28
www.cengageasia.com
includes key concept thumbnails and key terms in the
chapter summaries as well as an increased number of
self-quiz questions and additional review material.
FEATURES
• HOMEOSTASIS EMPHASIS AND CONNECTIONS:
Each human systems chapter has a “Homeostasis
Preview” as well as a “Connections” grid that shows
integration of body systems and highlights the role
of the system in the chapter.
• INTEGRATED INFECTIOUS DISEASE COVERAGE:
In Chapter 1, infectious diseases are introduced as a
global health issue. Subsequent chapters, especially
the systems chapters, integrate coverage of diseases
and disorders, including a section on infectious
disease concerns related to the chapter’s main topic.
• APPLICATIONS: Each chapter opens with a brief,
interesting essay about a biology-related issue or
research finding that relates to the chapter topic. The
chapter discussions show students how understanding
basic concepts of human biology can help them think
critically and make informed decisions.
• RUNNING GLOSSARY: The on-page running glossary
gives students immediate help with the language of
human biology.
• TAKE-HOME MESSAGE: At the end of each section,
a question and bulleted list of answers help students
grasp the key concepts.
CONTENTS
1. Learning about Human Biology. 2. Chemistry of Life. 3.
Cells and How They Work. 4. Tissues, Organs, and Organ
Systems. 5. The Skeletal System. 6. The Muscular System.
7. Circulation: The Heart and Blood Vessels. 8. Blood. 9.
Immunity and Disease. 10. The Respiratory System. 11.
Digestion and Nutrition. 12. The Urinary System. 13. The
Nervous System. 14. Sensory Systems. 15. The Endocrine
System. 16. Reproductive Systems. 17. Development
and Aging. 18. Cell Reproduction. 19. Introduction to
Genetics. 20. Chromosomes and Human Genetics. 21.
DNA, Genes, and Biotechnology. 22. Genes and Disease:
Cancer. 23. Principles of Evolution. 24. Principles of
Ecology. 25. Human Impacts on the Biosphere.
© 2014, 608pp, Paperback, 9781133599234

LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN
BIOLOGY, 2E
David Morton, Frostburg State University; Joy B. Perry, University of
Wisconsin - Fox Valley; James W. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox
Valley
This four-color lab manual contains 21 lab exercises,
most of which can be completed within two hours
and require minimal input from the instructor. To
provide flexibility, instructors can vary the length of
most exercises, many of which are divided into several
parts, by deleting portions of the procedure without
sacrificing the overall purpose of the experiment.
Taking a consistent approach to each exercise, the
second edition provides an even clearer presentation,
updated coverage, and increased visual support to
enable students to apply concepts from the Human
Biology course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! A new exercise features DNA, Genes, Cancer
and Biotechnology.
• NEW! Lab exercises were updated throughout, such
as adding a blood pressure activity to “Homeostasis,”
stressing emphasis on organ identification in “How
Mammals are Constructed: Material,” and more.
• NEW! New and updated images appear throughout,
such as the new images in “Observing Microscopic
Details of the Natural World” and the new human
skeleton images in “Support and Movement” to help
student recognition and identification.
• NEW! The “Learning About the Natural World”
exercise expands on the previous Scientific Method
appendix. Students are asked to perform short,
noninvasive experiments and observations on group
members in the context of various elements of the
scientific method.
• NEW! In “External Anatomy and Organs of the
www.cengageasia.com
Digestive Respiratory Systems,” external anatomy was
added along with many images of fetal pig dissections.
Students and instructors are also given alternatives
to pig dissection.
FEATURES
• The approach clearly and consistently guides students
through each exercise: Objectives, Introduction,
Materials, Procedure (with each step numbered),
Pre-lab questions, Post-lab questions.
• The authors include hundreds of labeled photographs
and illustrations to help students visualize the
material.
• This lab manual can be used in conjunction with
Starr/McMillan, Human Biology or any other Human
Biology text.
CONTENTS
1. Learning About the Natural World. 2. Observing
Microscopic Details of the Natural World. 3. Chemistry
of Life: Biological Molecules and Diet Analysis. 4. Cell
Structure. 5. Cell Membranes and How They Work. 6.
Enzymes, the Catalysts of Life. 7. Homeostasis. 8. How
Mammals Are Constructed. 9. Support and Movement:
Human Skeletal and Muscular Systems. 10. External
Anatomy and Organs of the Digestive and Respiratory,
Systems. 11. Organs of the Circulatory, Urinary, and
Reproductive Systems. 12. Human Blood and Circulation.
13. Human Respiration. 14. Human Sensations, Reflexes,
and Reactions. 15. Sensory Organs. 16. Reproduction
and Development. 17. Cell Reproduction. 18. Human
Heredity. 19. DNA, Genes, Cancer and Biotechnology.
20. Evidences of Evolution. 21. Human Impact on the
Environment. APPENDIX 1: Measurement Conversions.
APPENDIX 2: Terms of Orientation in and Around the
Animal Body.
© 2012, 320pp, Spiral, 9780840049438
29
 Introductory Biology for
Non/MiX-majors
BIOLOGY, 13E
The Unity and Diversity of Life, High School Level 4
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
© 2013, 1pp, Hardback, 9781111580971
BIOLOGY, 13E
The Unity and Diversity of Life, International Edition
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
BIOLOGY: THE UNITY AND DIVERSITY OF LIFE, 13E,
International Edition engages students with relevant
applications and encourages critical thinking. The new
edition offers a new Learning Roadmap in each chapter
to help students gain a full understanding. Students are
able to focus on key concepts, make connections to
other concepts, and see where the material is leading.
Helpful learning tools like the section-ending “Take-
Home Messages” and the on-page running glossary
ensure they grasp key points. Carefully balancing
accessibility and the level of detail, the authors enable
30
www.cengageasia.com
students to go beyond rote memorization and prepare
them to make important decisions in life that require
an understanding of biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Biology. UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF
CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Chemical Basis of Life. 3. Molecules.
4. Cell Structure and Function. 5. Metabolism. 6.
Photosynthesis. 7. Cells Release Energy. UNIT II:
PRINCIPLES OF INHERITANCE. 8. DNA Structure
and Function. 9. DNA to Protein. 10. Control Over
Genes. 11. Cells Reproduce. 12. Meiosis. 13. Patterns of
Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15. Genomes.
UNIT III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16. Evidence of
Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Information
About Species. 19. Early Evolution. UNIT IV: EVOLUTION
AND BIODIVERSITY. 20. Viruses and Prokaryotes.
21. Protists. 22. Plants. 23. Fungi. 24. Invertebrates.
25. Chordates. 26. Human Evolution. UNIT V: HOW
PLANTS WORK. 27. Plant Tissues. 28. Plant Nutrition.
29. Plant Reproduction. 30. Plant Development. UNIT
VI: HOW ANIMALS WORK. 31. Animal Organ Systems.
32. Neural Control. 33. Sensory System. 34. Endocrine
System. 35. Support and Movement. 36. Circulation.
37. Immune System. 38. Respiration. 39. Nutrition and
Digestion. 40. Internal Environment. 41. Reproductive
Systems. 42. Development. 43. Behavior. UNIT VII:
PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY. 44. Ecology. 45. Biodiversity.
46. Ecosystems. 47. Biosphere. 48. Human Impact on the
Bioshphere. APPENDICES. A1. Amino Acids. A2. How to
Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-Quizzes and
Genetics Problems. A4. Periodic Table of Elements. A5.
Closer Look at Some Major Metabolic Pathways. A6.
A Plain English Map of the Human Chromosomes. A7.
Restless Earth—Life’s Changing Geological Stage. A8.
Units of Measure. A9. Chapter Summaries, Quizzes, and
Questions. GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 1056pp, Paperback, 9781111580988
www.cengageasia.com
BIOLOGY TODAY AND TOMORROW
WITHOUT PHYSIOLOGY, 4E
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
Engage your students and strike the perfect balance
between level of detail and accessibility! Written for
a one-semester, non-Biology majors course, BIOLOGY
TODAY AND TOMORROW is packed with applications
that are relevant to a student’s daily life. The clear,
straightforward writing style, in-text learning support,
and trendsetting art help students understand key
concepts. The accompanying Aplia for Biology further
improves comprehension and outcomes by increasing
student effort engagement and retention. Overall,
this accessible and engaging introduction to biology
provides an understanding of biology and the process
of science while developing the critical-thinking skills
students need to become responsible citizens of the
world.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
• NEW! Chapter pedagogy provides more help for
students to focus on key concepts, make connections
to prior concepts, and see where the material is
leading.
• NEW! The text is updated throughout with the latest
research and even more clarity.
FEATURES
• Accessible Text: The clear writing style engages
students and makes the material accessible without
glossing over the science—even with the most
formidable topics.
31
• A Wealth of Applications: Chapter opening sections
motivate students by exploring a current event or
controversy directly related to the chapter’s content.
“How Would You Vote?” questions give students the
opportunity to practice making an informed choice
about a science-related controversy.
• In-Text Learning Tools: “Take-Home Messages” at
the end of each section help students grasp the key
concepts. The on-page running glossary provides
students with immediate support with the language
of Biology as they read.
• Helpful Art: The visually-appealing and accurate art
program helps visual learners with step-by-step art,
“Figure It Out” images, and animated figures. Eye-
catching, chapter-opening art grabs student interest
and highlights the chapter’s big picture topic. It also
appears within the chapter as an example.
• Clear Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration
Coverage: Chapter 5, Capturing and Releasing Energy,
combines the coverage of Photosynthesis and Cellular
Respiration to reveal more completely and easily
these key concepts.
• End of Chapter Support: The Visual Summary
reinforces key concepts and links the chapter content
visually for students. Each chapter also includes a Self
Quiz, Critical Thinking questions, and Digging Into
Data exercises.
CONTENTS
1. Invitation to Biology. 2. Molecules of Life. 3. Cell
Structure. 4. Cell Function. 5. Capturing and Releasing
Energy. 6. DNA Structure and Function. 7. Gene
Expression and Control. 8. How Cells Reproduce. 9.
Observable Patterns of Inheritance. 10. Biotechnology.
11. Evidence of Evolution. 12. Processes of Evolution.
13. Early Life and the Microbes. 14. Plant Evolution. 15.
Animal Evolution. 16. Population Ecology. 17. Ecosystems
and Communities. 18. The Biosphere.
© 2013, 432pp, Paperback, 9781133365365
32
www.cengageasia.com
CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS, VOLUME
1, INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting
art, CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS VOLUME 1,
International Edition engages students with relevant
applications and encourages critical thinking. The new
edition offers a new Learning Roadmap in each chapter
to help students gain a full understanding. Students are
able to focus on key concepts, make connections to
other concepts, and see where the material is leading.
Helpful learning tools like the section-ending “Take-
Home Messages” and the on-page running glossary
ensure they grasp key points. Carefully balancing
accessibility and the level of detail, the authors enable
students to go beyond rote memorization and prepare
them to make important decisions in life that require
an understanding of biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
 active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures. LAB MANUAL FOR MAJORS GENERAL
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section BIOLOGY
poses a question that reflects the critical content of James W. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox Valley; David Morton,
the section and answers the question in bulleted list Frostburg State University; Joy B. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox
format so students grasp the key concepts. Valley
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
Featuring a clear format and a wealth of illustrations,
the opportunity to work with real data, further
this lab manual helps biology majors learn science
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
by doing it. This manual includes numerous inquiry-
into contemporary research.
based experiments, relevant activities, and supporting
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
questions that assess recall, understanding, and
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
application. The exercises support any biology text
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
used in a majors course.
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
FEATURES
CONTENTS
• Inquiry Experiments and the Methods of Science:
1. Introduction to Biology. UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF
This manual includes numerous inquiry-based
CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Chemical Basis of Life. 3. Molecules.
experiments. Some are extensions of a preceding
4. Cell Structure and Function. 5. Metabolism. 6.
activity while others stand alone.
Photosynthesis. 7. Cells Release Energy. UNIT II:
• Relevant Exercises: This lab manual provides exciting,
PRINCIPLES OF INHERITANCE. 8. DNA Structure
relevant activities and experiments that allow
and Function. 9. DNA to Protein. 10. Control Over
students to explore some of the rapidly developing
Genes. 11. Cells Reproduce. 12. Meiosis. 13. Patterns of
areas of biological knowledge.
Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15. Genomes.
• Clear Procedures: The procedure sections of the
APPENDICES. A1. Amino Acids. A2. How to Read
exercises are more detailed and step-by-step than
a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-Quizzes and
in other manuals so students can accomplish the
Genetics Problems. A4. Periodic Table of Elements. A5.
objectives of each exercise.
Closer Look at Some Major Metabolic Pathways. A6.
• Pre- and Post-Lab Questions: Pre-lab questions
A Plain English Map of the Human Chromosomes. A7.
prepare students to accomplish the objectives of
Restless Earth—Life’s Changing Geological Stage. A8.
each exercise and the post-lab questions draw on
Units of Measure. A9. Chapter Summaries, Quizzes, and
the knowledge gained by observation. Answers are
Questions. GLOSSARY.
available in the Instructor’s Manual.
© 2013, 320pp, Paperback, 9781111580995 • Illustrations: The manual offers a generous number of
high-quality color illustrations, including everything
a student needs visually to accomplish the objectives
of each exercise.
CONTENTS
1. Microscopy. 2. Macromolecules and You: Food and

www.cengageasia.com 33
Diet Analysis. 3. Structure and Function of Living
Cells. 4. Diffusion, Osmosis, and the Functional
Significance of Biological Membranes. 5. Enzymes:
Catalysts of Life. 6. Photosynthesis: Capture of Light
Energy. 7. Respiration: Energy Conversion. 8. Mitosis,
Meiosis, and Cytokinesis. 9. Heredity, Nucleic Acids, &
Biotechnology. 10. Evolutionary Agents. 11. Evidences
of Evolution. 12. Taxonomy: Classifying and Naming
Organisms. 13. Bacteria and Protists. 14. Fungi. 15.
Bryophytes and Seedless Vascular Plants. 16. Seed
Plants I: Gymnosperms. 17. Seed Plants II: Angiosperms.
18. Sponges, Cnidarians, Flatworms, and Rotifers.
19. Segmented Worms, Mollusks, Roundworms, and
Joint-Legged Animals. 20. Echinoderms, Invertebrate
Chordates, and Vertebrates. 21. Plant and Animal
Organization. 22. Dissection of the Fetal Pig. 23. Human
Sensations, Reflexes, Reactions, and the Structure and
Function of Sensory Organs. 24. Human Skeletal and
Muscular Systems. 25. Human Blood, Circulation, and
Respiration. 26. Animal Development. 27. The Natural
Arsenal: An Experimental Study of the Relationships
Between Plants and Animals. 28. Ecology: Living
Organisms in Their Environment. 29. Human Impact on
the Environment: Stream and Pond Ecology. 30. Animal
Behavior. Appendix 1: Measurement Conversions.
Appendix 2: The Scientific Method. Appendix 3:
Scientific Writing and Critiquing. Appendix 4: Statistics
and Graphing with Excel. Appendix 5: Using Inquiry-
Based Module Reports. Appendix 6: Genetics Problems.
Appendix 7: Terms of Orientation in and Around the
Animal Body.
© 2008, 720pp, Spiral, 9780495115052
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN
BIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 2E
David Morton, Frostburg State University; James W. Perry, University
of Wisconsin - Fox Valley; Joy B. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox
Valley
This four-color lab manual contains 21 lab exercises,
most of which can be completed within two hours
and require minimal input from the instructor. To
provide flexibility, instructors can vary the length of
most exercises, many of which are divided into several
parts, by deleting portions of the procedure without
sacrificing the overall purpose of the experiment.
Taking a consistent approach to each exercise, the
second edition provides an even clearer presentation,
updated coverage, and increased visual support to
enable students to apply concepts from the Human
Biology course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! A new exercise features DNA, Genes, Cancer
and Biotechnology.
• NEW! Lab exercises were updated throughout, such
as adding a blood pressure activity to “Homeostasis,”
stressing emphasis on organ identification in “How
Mammals are Constructed: Material,” and more.
• NEW! New and updated images appear throughout,
such as the new images in “Observing Microscopic
Details of the Natural World” and the new human
skeleton images in “Support and Movement” to help
student recognition and identification.
• NEW! The “Learning About the Natural World”
exercise expands on the previous Scientific Method
appendix. Students are asked to perform short,
noninvasive experiments and observations on group
members in the context of various elements of the
scientific method.
• NEW! In “External Anatomy and Organs of the

34
www.cengageasia.com
 Digestive Respiratory Systems,” external anatomy was
added along with many images of fetal pig dissections.
Students and instructors are also given alternatives
to pig dissection.
FEATURES
• The approach clearly and consistently guides students
through each exercise: Objectives, Introduction,
Materials, Procedure (with each step numbered),
Pre-lab questions, Post-lab questions.
• The authors include hundreds of labeled photographs
and illustrations to help students visualize the
material.
• This lab manual can be used in conjunction with
Starr/McMillan, Human Biology or any other Human
Biology text.
CONTENTS
1. Learning About the Natural World. 2. Observing
Microscopic Details of the Natural World. 3. Chemistry
of Life: Biological Molecules and Diet Analysis. 4. Cell
Structure. 5. Cell Membranes and How They Work. 6.
Enzymes, the Catalysts of Life. 7. Homeostasis. 8. How
Mammals Are Constructed. 9. Support and Movement:
Human Skeletal and Muscular Systems. 10. External
Anatomy and Organs of the Digestive and Respiratory,
Systems. 11. Organs of the Circulatory, Urinary, and
Reproductive Systems. 12. Human Blood and Circulation.
13. Human Respiration. 14. Human Sensations, Reflexes,
and Reactions. 15. Sensory Organs. 16. Reproduction
and Development. 17. Cell Reproduction. 18. Human
Heredity. 19. DNA, Genes, Cancer and Biotechnology.
20. Evidences of Evolution. 21. Human Impact on the
Environment. APPENDIX 1: Measurement Conversions.
APPENDIX 2: Terms of Orientation in and Around the
Animal Body.
© 2012, 320pp, Spiral, 9781111577360
www.cengageasia.com
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR NON-
MAJORS BIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL
EDITION, 6E
James W. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox Valley; David Morton,
Frostburg State University; Joy B. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox
Valley
One of the best ways for your students to succeed in
their biology course is through hands-on lab experience.
With its 47 lab exercises and hundreds of color photos
and illustrations, the LABORATORY MANUAL FOR
NON-MAJORS BIOLOGY, 6E, International Edition
is your students’ guide to a better understanding of
biology. Most exercises can be completed within two
hours, and answers to the exercises are included in the
Instructor’s Manual. The perfect companion to Starr and
Taggart’s BIOLOGY: THE UNITY AND DIVERSITY OF
LIFE, International Edition, as well as Starr’s BIOLOGY:
CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, International Edition,
and BIOLOGY TODAY AND TOMORROW, International
Edition this lab manual can also be used with any
introductory biology text.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Exercises have been updated throughout to simplify
and streamline procedures, to enhance student
comprehension, to emphasize hypothesis testing and
scientific thinking, and to present a stronger focus
on practical applications, as the following examples
demonstrate.
• Exercise 7: Diffusion, Osmosis, and the Functional
Significance of Biological Membranes includes
increased emphasis on hypothesis testing; simplified
procedures to reduce student frustration and time
needed for experimental setup; and a focus on
practical applications with a new activity illustrating
consequences of cholera infection. New art
accompanies the new material.
35
• Exercise 8: Enzymes: Catalysts of Life has been revised
so that students learn a semi-quantitative method to
measure enzyme activity and then utilize the method
to determine effects on enzyme activity of changing
temperature, pH, and enzyme concentration.
Experimental design is emphasized throughout. New
art accompanies the new procedure.
• Exercise 9: Photosynthesis: Capture of Light Energy
includes a visual demonstration of carbon dioxide
uptake that is simple to perform but provides a review
of the overall process of photosynthesis. Students
learn a simple quantitative leaf disc assay to measure
photosynthesis rate and then utilize the method as
they design their own experiment. Scientific thinking
is emphasized. The exercise also includes thin-layer
chromatography of photosynthetic pigments that
students extract from a leaf themselves.
• Exercise 10: Respiration: Energy Conversion
strongly focuses on hypothesis testing and practical
applications, including an activity in which changes
in cellular respiration rates are measured as levels
of physical performance change. Also new is an
experiment in which students investigate the
potential effectiveness of different plant carbohydrate
sources for the production of ethanol, a link to real-
world issues. New art accompanies the new activity.
• Art and photos have also been updated throughout.
This edition now contains more than 600 colorful and
clearly labeled photos, diagrams, and illustrations.
FEATURES
• A modular structure. Each section of an exercise is
self-contained with its own procedure and materials
list. Plus, instructors can match assignments to their
own lab preferences.
• The art program brings illustrations to the same high
level as the Starr texts.
• An emphasis on hypothesis testing, with investigative
(experimental) options, helps students learn and use
the scientific process.
• Refined, concise introductions to exercises and
streamlined procedures clarify the presentation,
making the material more accessible and increasing
student comprehension.
CONTENTS
Preface. To the Student. Laboratory Supplies and
Procedures. EXERCISE 1. The Scientific Method.
36
www.cengageasia.com
EXERCISE 2. Measurement. EXERCISE 3. Microscopy.
EXERCISE 4. Homeostasis. EXERCISE 5. Macromolecules
and You: Food and Diet Analysis. EXERCISE 6. Structure
and Function of Living Cells. EXERCISE 7. Diffusion,
Osmosis, and the Functional Significance of Biological
Membranes. EXERCISE 8. Enzymes: Catalysts of
Life. EXERCISE 9. Photosynthesis: Capture of Light
Energy. EXERCISE 10. Respiration: Energy Conversion.
EXERCISE 11. Mitosis and Cytokinesis: Nuclear and
Cytoplasmic Division. EXERCISE 12. Meiosis: Basis of
Sexual Reproduction. EXERCISE 13. Heredity. EXERCISE
14. Nucleic Acids: Blueprints for Life. EXERCISE 15.
Biotechnology: Bacterial Transformation. EXERCISE
16. Evolutionary Agents. EXERCISE 17. Evidences of
Evolution. EXERCISE 18. Taxonomy: Classifying and
Naming Organisms. EXERCISE 19. Bacteria and Protists
I. EXERCISE 20. Protists II. EXERCISE 21. Fungi. EXERCISE
22. Bryophytes—Liverworts and Mosses. EXERCISE
23. Seedless Vascular Plants: Club Mosses and Ferns.
EXERCISE 24. Seed Plants I: Gymnosperms. EXERCISE
25. Seed Plants II: Angiosperms. EXERCISE 26. Sponges
and Cnidarians. EXERCISE 27. Flatworms and Rotifers.
EXERCISE 28. Segmented Worms and Mollusks. EXERCISE
29. Roundworms and Joint-Legged Animals. EXERCISE
30. Echinoderms and Invertebrate Chordates. EXERCISE
31. Vertebrates. EXERCISE 32. Plant Organization:
Vegetative Organs of Flowering Plants. EXERCISE 33.
Animal Organization. EXERCISE 34. Dissection of the
Fetal Pig: Introduction, External Anatomy, and the
Muscular System. EXERCISE 35. Dissection of the Fetal
Pig: Digestive, Respiratory, and Circulatory Systems.
EXERCISE 36. Dissection of the Fetal Pig: Urogenital
and Nervous Systems. EXERCISE 37. Human Sensations,
Reflexes, and Reactions. EXERCISE 38. Structure and
Function of the Sensory Organs. EXERCISE 39. Human
Skeletal and Muscular Systems. EXERCISE 40. Human
Blood and Circulation. EXERCISE 41. Human Respiration.
EXERCISE 42. Animal Development: Gametogenesis
and Fertilization. EXERCISE 43. Animal Development:
Cleavage, Gastrulation, and Late Development.
EXERCISE 44. The Natural Arsenal: An Experimental
Study of the Relationships Between Plants and Animals.
EXERCISE 45. Ecology: Living Organisms in Their
Environment. EXERCISE 46. Human Impact on the
Environment: Stream Ecology. EXERCISE 47. Animal
Behavior. APPENDIX 1: Measurement Conversions.
APPENDIX 2: Genetics Problems. APPENDIX 3: Terms
of Orientation In and Around the Animal Body.
© 2013, 752pp, Paperback, 9781111989545
VOLUME 1 - CELL BIOLOGY AND
GENETICS, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
CELL BIOLOGY AND GENETICS engages students
with relevant applications and encourages critical
thinking. The new edition offers a new Learning
Roadmap in each chapter to help students gain a
full understanding. Students are able to focus on key
concepts, make connections to other concepts, and see
where the material is leading. Helpful learning tools
like the section-ending “Take-Home Messages” and
the on-page running glossary ensure they grasp key
points. Carefully balancing accessibility and the level of
detail, the authors enable students to go beyond rote
memorization and prepare them to make important
decisions in life that require an understanding of
biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
www.cengageasia.com
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
1. Invitation to Biology. UNIT I: PRINCIPLES OF
CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis. 3. Molecules of
Life. 4. Cell Structure and Function. 5. Ground Rules of
Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts—Photosynthesis. 7. How
Cells Release Chemical Energy. UNIT II: PRINCIPLES OF
INHERITANCE. 8. DNA Structure and Function. 9. From
DNA to Protein. 10. Controls Over Genes. 11. How Cells
Reproduce. 12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13.
Observing Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Chromosomes
and Human Inheritance. 15. Studying and Manipulating
Genomes. APPENDICES. A1. Classification System. A2.
How to Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-
Quizzes and Genetics Problems. A4. Units of Measure.
GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 304pp, Paperback, 9781111579852
37

VOLUME 2 - EVOLUTION OF LIFE, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
EVOLUTION OF LIFE engages students with relevant
applications and encourages critical thinking. The new
edition offers a new Learning Roadmap in each chapter
to help students gain a full understanding. Students are
able to focus on key concepts, make connections to
other concepts, and see where the material is leading.
Helpful learning tools like the section-ending “Take-
Home Messages” and the on-page running glossary
ensure they grasp key points. Carefully balancing
accessibility and the level of detail, the authors enable
students to go beyond rote memorization and prepare
them to make important decisions in life that require
an understanding of biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
38
www.cengageasia.com
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
UNIT III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16. Evidence
of Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Organizing
Information About Species. 19. Life’s Origin and Early
Evolution. APPENDICES. A1. Classification System. A2.
How to Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-
Quizzes and Genetics Problems. A4. Units of Measure.
GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 112pp, Paperback, 9781111580667
VOLUME 3 - DIVERSITY OF LIFE, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
DIVERSITY OF LIFE engages students with relevant
applications and encourages critical thinking. The new
edition offers a new Learning Roadmap in each chapter
to help students gain a full understanding. Students are
able to focus on key concepts, make connections to
other concepts, and see where the material is leading.
Helpful learning tools like the section-ending “Take-
Home Messages” and the on-page running glossary
ensure they grasp key points. Carefully balancing
accessibility and the level of detail, the authors enable
students to go beyond rote memorization and prepare
them to make important decisions in life that require
an understanding of biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
www.cengageasia.com
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
UNIT IV: EVOLUTION AND BIODIVERSITY. 20. Viruses
and Prokaryotes. 21. Protists—The Simplest Eukaryotes.
22. The Land Plants. 23. Fungi. 24. Animal Evolution—The
Invertebrates. 25. Animal Evolution—The Chordates. 26.
Human Evolution. 27. Plants and Animals—Common
Challenges. 48. Human Impacts on the Biosphere.
APPENDICES. A1. How to Read a Journal Article. A2.
Answers to Self-Quizzes and Genetics Problems. A3.
Units of Measure. GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 192pp, Paperback, 9781111580674
VOLUME 4 - PLANT STRUCTURE &
FUNCTION, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting
art, PLANT STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION engages
students with relevant applications and encourages
critical thinking. The new edition offers a new Learning
Roadmap in each chapter to help students gain a full
understanding. Students are able to focus on key
concepts, make connections to other concepts, and
see where the material is leading. Helpful learning tools
like the section-ending “Take-Home Messages” and
the on-page running glossary ensure they grasp key
points. Carefully balancing accessibility and the level of
detail, the authors enable students to go beyond rote
memorization and prepare them to make important
39
decisions in life that require an understanding of
biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
27. Plants and Animals—Common Challenges. UNIT
V: HOW PLANTS WORK. 28. Plant Tissues. 29. Plant
Nutrition and Transport. 30. Plant Reproduction.
40
www.cengageasia.com
APPENDICES. A1. Classification System. A2. How to
Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-Quizzes and
Genetics Problems. A4. Units of Measure. GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 112pp, Paperback, 9781111580681
VOLUME 5 - ANIMAL STRUCTURE &
FUNCTION, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
ANIMAL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION engages
students with relevant applications and encourages
critical thinking. The new edition offers a new Learning
Roadmap in each chapter to help students gain a full
understanding. Students are able to focus on key
concepts, make connections to other concepts, and
see where the material is leading. Helpful learning tools
like the section-ending “Take-Home Messages” and
the on-page running glossary ensure they grasp key
points. Carefully balancing accessibility and the level of
detail, the authors enable students to go beyond rote
memorization and prepare them to make important
decisions in life that require an understanding of
biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Updated throughout with the latest research
and even more clarity.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
UNIT VI: HOW ANIMALS WORK. 31. Animal Tissues
and Organ Systems. 32. Neural Control. 33. Sensory
Perception. 34. Endocrine Control. 35. Structural
Support and Movement. 36. Circulation. 37. Immunity.
38. Respiration. 39. Digestion and Human Nutrition.
40. Maintaining the Internal Environment. 41. Animal
Reproductive Systems. 42. Animal Development. 43.
Animal Behavior. APPENDICES. A1. Classification
System. A2. How to Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers
to Self-Quizzes and Genetics Problems. A4. Units of
Measure. GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 320pp, Paperback, 9781111580742
www.cengageasia.com
VOLUME 6 - ECOLOGY & BEHAVIOR, 13E
Cecie Starr; Ralph Taggart, Michigan State University; Christine Evers;
Lisa Starr
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art,
ECOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR engages students with
relevant applications and encourages critical thinking.
The new edition offers a new Learning Roadmap in each
chapter to help students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to other concepts, and see where the
material is leading. Helpful learning tools like the
section-ending “Take-Home Messages” and the on-
page running glossary ensure they grasp key points.
Carefully balancing accessibility and the level of
detail, the authors enable students to go beyond rote
memorization and prepare them to make important
decisions in life that require an understanding of
biology and the process of science.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! The Learning Roadmap at the beginning of
each chapter helps students gain a full understanding.
Students are able to focus on key concepts, make
connections to prior concepts, and see where the
material is leading.
• NEW! On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension. Students do not have to flip to the
back of the book and can remain focused on the key
concept.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! The Visual Summary reinforces key concepts
and links the chapter content visually for students.
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
41
 automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
FEATURES
• The clear writing style engages students and makes
the material accessible without glossing over the
science—even with the most formidable topics.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, “Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• “Take-Home Message” at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions demonstrate the
personal relevance of the concepts and ask students
to consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
CONTENTS
43. Animal Behavior. UNIT VII: PRINCIPLES OF
ECOLOGY. 44. Population Ecology. 45. Community
Structure and Biodiversity. 46. Ecosystems. 47. The
Biosphere. 48. Human Impacts on the Biosphere.
APPENDICES. A1. Classification System. A2. How to
Read a Journal Article. A3. Answers to Self-Quizzes and
Genetics Problems. A4. Units of Measure. GLOSSARY.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781111580698
42
www.cengageasia.com
BIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 9E
Eldra Solomon, University of South Florida; Linda Berg, St. Petersburg
College; Diana W. Martin, Rutgers University, New Brunswick Campus
Solomon/Berg/Martin, BIOLOGY, 9e, International
Edition — often described as the best majors text
for LEARNING biology — is also a complete teaching
program. The superbly integrated, inquiry-based
learning system guides students through every chapter.
Key concepts appear clearly at the beginning of each
chapter and learning objectives start each section.
Students then review the key points at the end of each
section before moving on to the next one. At the end
of the chapter, a specially focused Summary provides
further reinforcement of the learning objectives. The
ninth edition offers expanded integration of the text’s
three guiding themes of biology (evolution, information
transfer, and energy for life) and innovative online and
multimedia resources for students and instructors.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW Expanded integration of the text’s three guiding
themes of biology — evolution, information transfer,
and energy for life — in the new chapter opening
essays, narrative, summaries, and concept links.
• NEW “Research Method” figures expand upon visual
and concise coverage of the essential experiments
and processes in biology and the process of science.
• NEW Increased emphasis and examples on evolution
throughout the text.
• NEW End of chapter “Science, Technology, and
Society” questions that apply the material to relevant
issues and develop critical thinking skills.
• NEW Enhanced and updated coverage throughout,
including a new separate chapter on viruses.
• NEW Enhanced and Improved Art Program for better
student learning.
FEATURES
• The inquiry-based learning system guides students
through every chapter. Reinforcing the learning
system, “Key Point” statements accompany many
figures and “Key Experiment” sections encourage
students to evaluate investigative approaches that
real scientists have taken.
• “Inquiring About” boxes explore issues relevant to
students’ lives, providing a forum for discussing
topics of current interest in more detail. Hundreds
of examples throughout the book demonstrate the
connections between the laboratory and real life.
• Strong end-of-chapter support drives critical thinking
and review, offering detailed Summary with Key Terms
sections, Analyzing Data, Evolution Links, and Critical
Thinking questions.
• The robust art program clearly illustrates concepts
and animated figures enable students to interact with
the material online to reinforce their understanding.
CONTENTS
Part I: THE ORGANIZATION OF LIFE. 1. A View of
Life. 2. Atoms and Molecules: The Chemical Basis of
Life. 3. The Chemistry of Life: Organic Compounds. 4.
Organization of the Cell. 5. Biological Membranes. 6. Cell
Communication. Part II: ENERGY TRANSFER THROUGH
LIVING SYSTEMS. 7. Energy and Metabolism. 8.
How Cells Make ATP: Energy-Releasing Pathways.
9. Photosynthesis: Capturing Energy. Part III: THE
CONTINUITY OF LIFE: GENETICS. 10. Chromosomes,
Mitosis, and Meiosis. 11. The Basic Principles of Heredity.
12. DNA: The Carrier of Genetic Information. 13. Gene
Expression. 14. Gene Regulation. 15. DNA Technology
and Genomics. 16. Human Genetics and the Human
Genome. 17. Developmental Genetics. Part IV: THE
CONTINUITY OF LIFE: EVOLUTION. 18. Introduction
to Darwinian Evolution. 19. Evolutionary Change in
Populations. 20. Speciation and Macroevolution. 21.
The Origin and Evolutionary History of Life. 22. The
Evolution of Primates. Part V: THE DIVERSITY OF LIFE.
23. Understanding Diversity: Systematics. 24. Viruses.
25. Bacteria and Archaea. 26. The Protists. 27. The Plant
Kingdom: Seedless Plants. 28. The Plant Kingdom: Seed
Plants. 29. Kingdom Fungi. 30. The Animal Kingdom:
An Introduction to Animal Diversity. 31. The Animal
Kingdom: The Protostomes. 32. The Animal Kingdom:
The Deuterostomes. Part VI: STRUCTURE AND LIFE
PRECESSES IN PLANTS. 33. Plant Structure, Growth,
and Differentiation. 34. Leaf Structure and Function. 35.
www.cengageasia.com
Stems and Transport. 36. Roots and Mineral Nutrition. 37.
Reproduction in Flowering Plants. 38. Growth Responses
and Regulation Growth. Part VII: STRUCTURE AND LIFE
PROCESSES IN ANIMALS. 39. The Animal Body: An
Introduction to Structure and Function. 40. Protection,
Support, and Movement. 41. Neural Signaling. 42.
Neural Regulation. 43. Sensory Systems. 44. Internal
Transport. 45. Internal Defense. 46. Gas Exchange. 47.
Processing Food and Nutrition. 48. Osmoregulation
and Disposal of Metabolic Wastes. 49. Endocrine
Regulation. 50. Reproduction. 51. Animal Development.
Part VIII: THE INTERACTIONS OF LIFE: ECOLOGY. 52.
Animal Behavior. 53. Introduction to Ecology: Population
Ecology. 54. Community Ecology. 55. Ecosystems and
the Biosphere. 56. Ecology and the Geography of Life.
57. Conservation Biology. Appendix A: Periodic Table of
the Elements. Appendix B: Classification of Organisms.
Appendix C: Understanding Biological Terms. Appendix
D: Abbreviations. Appendix E: Answers to the Test Your
Understanding Questions. Glossary. Index.
© 2011, 1408pp, Paperback, 9780538741439
BIOLOGY, 8E
Concepts and Applications without Physiology,
International Edition
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
Clear, engaging, and visual, BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS
AND APPLICATIONS, 8e, International Edition equips
non-biology majors with the science they’ll need in life!
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art, the
new edition includes an enhanced visual pedagogy,
learning features, and media options. Helping visual
learners, “Figure It Out” questions in many illustrations
ensure students understand the concepts. The new
Data Analysis Activities at the end of every chapter help
students strengthen their analytical skills. New “Take
43
Home Messages” ensure students grasp key concepts
while special features like the chapter opening case
studies and “How Would You Vote?” questions enliven
the subject matter and make relevant connections
between biology and real-life concerns. Helpful media
options include new pop-up tutors that help explain
key topics with short video explanation and the robust,
interactive Aplia program that connects with today’s
students. Throughout this issues-oriented text, the
authors emphasize that biology is an ongoing endeavor
carried out by a diverse community of people and
prepare students to make decisions that require an
understanding of the process of science and basic
biological principles.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The entire text has been enhanced visually throughout.
Key Concepts with thumbnail images are reiterated
in the visual summaries, and stepped out figures and
“Figure It Out” figures help students along the way.
• New Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• New Take-Home Message at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• New on-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension.
• New media options include the interactive Aplia
program as well as CengageNOW and WebTutor
for Blackboard and WebCT featuring new pop-up
tutors that help explain key topics with short video
explanations.
FEATURES
• The text balances concepts and applications. All
points necessary for developing an understanding
of a basic concept are on a single page or two facing
pages so students can focus on one topic at a time and
digest information in manageable segments.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• A chapter opening case study begins each chapter
by exploring a current event or controversy directly
44
www.cengageasia.com
related to the chapter’s content. Students see the
relevance of the material and revisit the case at the
end of the chapter.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions accompany the
chapter opening case studies and ask students to
consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
• PowerLecture for Starr’s BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS, 8e, International Edition makes it
easy for you to create customized lectures. Each
chapter includes the following features, all organized
by chapter section: lecture slides, new “What’s Wrong
with This Picture” slides, all chapter art and photos,
bonus photos, animations, videos, PowerBibliography,
Instructor’s Manual, Test Bank, Examview testing
software, JoinIn polling and quizzing slides, and
everything else you need. This “buffet” of media
resources is at your fingertips and is included on one
DVD.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION. 1. Invitation to Biology. Part I:
PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis.
3. Molecules of Life. 4. Cell Structure. 5. Ground Rules
of Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts—Photosynthesis. 7.
How Cells Release Chemical Energy. Part II: GENETICS.
8. DNA Structure and Function. 9. From DNA to Protein.
10. Controls over Genes. 11. How Cells Reproduce.
12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13. Observing
Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15.
Biotechnology. Part III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16.
Evidence of Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Life’s
Origin and Early Evolution. Part IV: EVOLUTION AND
BIODIVERSITY. 19. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaeans. 20.
The Protists. 21. Plant Evolution. 22. Fungi. 23. Animals
I: Invertebrate Groups. 24. Animals II: The Chordates.
Part V. HOW PLANTS WORK. 25. Plant Tissues. 26.
Plant Nutrition and Transport. 27. Plant Reproduction
and Development. Part VI. HOW ANIMALS WORK.
28. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems. 29. Neural
Control. 30. Sensory Perception. 31. Endocrine Control.
32. Structural Support and Movement. 33. Circulation.
34. Immunity. 35. Respiration. 36. Digestion and
Human Nutrition. 37. The Internal Environment. 38.
Reproduction and Development. Part VII: PRINCIPLES
OF ECOLOGY. 39. Animal Behavior. 40. Population
Ecology. 41. Community Ecology. 42. Ecosystems. 43.
The Biospheres. 44. Human Effects on the Biosphere.
Appendix I: Classification System. Appendix II:
Annotations to a Journal Article. Appendix III: Answers
to Self-Quizzes and Genetics Problems. Appendix IV:
Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix V: Molecular
Models. Appendix VI: Closer Look at Some Major
Metabolic Pathways. Appendix VII: A Plain English Map
of the Human Chromosomes. Appendix VIII: Restless
Earth—Life’s Changing Geologic Stage. Appendix IX:
Units of Measure. Appendix X: A Comparative View of
Mitosis in Plant and Animal Cells. Glossary. Index.
© 2011, 520pp, Paperback, 9780538736183
BIOLOGY, 8E
Concepts and Applications, International Edition
Cecie Starr
Clear, engaging, and visual, BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS
AND APPLICATIONS, 8e, International Edition equips
non-biology majors with the science they’ll need in life!
Renowned for its writing style and trendsetting art, the
new edition includes an enhanced visual pedagogy,
learning features, and media options. Helping visual
learners, “Figure It Out” questions in many illustrations
ensure students understand the concepts. The new
Data Analysis Activities at the end of every chapter help
students strengthen their analytical skills. New “Take
Home Messages” ensure students grasp key concepts
while special features like the chapter opening case
studies and “How Would You Vote?” questions enliven
the subject matter and make relevant connections
between biology and real-life concerns. Helpful media
options include new pop-up tutors that help explain
key topics with short video explanation and the robust,
interactive Aplia program that connects with today’s
students. Throughout this issues-oriented text, the
authors emphasize that biology is an ongoing endeavor
carried out by a diverse community of people and
www.cengageasia.com
prepare students to make decisions that require an
understanding of the process of science and basic
biological principles.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The entire text has been enhanced visually throughout.
Key Concepts with thumbnail images are reiterated
in the visual summaries, and stepped out figures and
“Figure It Out” figures help students along the way.
• New Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• New Take-Home Message at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• New on-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension.
• New media options include the interactive Aplia
program as well as CengageNOW and WebTutor
for Blackboard and WebCT featuring new pop-up
tutors that help explain key topics with short video
explanations.
FEATURES
• The text balances concepts and applications. All
points necessary for developing an understanding
of a basic concept are on a single page or two facing
pages so students can focus on one topic at a time and
digest information in manageable segments.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
• A chapter opening case study begins each chapter
by exploring a current event or controversy directly
related to the chapter’s content. Students see the
relevance of the material and revisit the case at the
end of the chapter.
• “How Would You Vote?” questions accompany the
chapter opening case studies and ask students to
consider biology-related news, explore the facts
behind the issue, apply knowledge, and cast a vote.
• PowerLecture for Starr’s BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS, 8e, International Edition makes it
easy for you to create customized lectures. Each
chapter includes the following features, all organized
45

by chapter section: lecture slides, new “What’s Wrong
with This Picture” slides, all chapter art and photos,
bonus photos, animations, videos, PowerBibliography,
Instructor’s Manual, Test Bank, Examview testing
software, JoinIn polling and quizzing slides, and
everything else you need. This “buffet” of media
resources is at your fingertips and is included on one
DVD.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION. 1. Invitation to Biology. Part I:
PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis.
3. Molecules of Life. 4. Cell Structure. 5. Ground Rules
of Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts—Photosynthesis. 7.
How Cells Release Chemical Energy. Part II: GENETICS.
8. DNA Structure and Function. 9. From DNA to Protein.
10. Controls over Genes. 11. How Cells Reproduce.
12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13. Observing
Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15.
Biotechnology. Part III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16.
Evidence of Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Life’s
Origin and Early Evolution. Part IV: EVOLUTION AND
BIODIVERSITY. 19. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaeans. 20.
The Protists. 21. Plant Evolution. 22. Fungi. 23. Animals
I: Invertebrate Groups. 24. Animals II: The Chordates.
Part V. HOW PLANTS WORK. 25. Plant Tissues. 26.
Plant Nutrition and Transport. 27. Plant Reproduction
and Development. Part VI. HOW ANIMALS WORK.
28. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems. 29. Neural
Control. 30. Sensory Perception. 31. Endocrine Control.
32. Structural Support and Movement. 33. Circulation.
34. Immunity. 35. Respiration. 36. Digestion and
Human Nutrition. 37. The Internal Environment. 38.
Reproduction and Development. Part VII: PRINCIPLES
OF ECOLOGY. 39. Animal Behavior. 40. Population
Ecology. 41. Community Ecology. 42. Ecosystems. 43.
The Biospheres. 44. Human Effects on the Biosphere.
Appendix I: Classification System. Appendix II:
Annotations to a Journal Article. Appendix III: Answers
to Self-Quizzes and Genetics Problems. Appendix IV:
Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix V: Molecular
Models. Appendix VI: Closer Look at Some Major
Metabolic Pathways. Appendix VII: A Plain English Map
of the Human Chromosomes. Appendix VIII: Restless
Earth—Life’s Changing Geologic Stage. Appendix IX:
Units of Measure. Appendix X: A Comparative View of
Mitosis in Plant and Animal Cells. Glossary. Index.
46
www.cengageasia.com
© 2011, 864pp, Paperback, 9780538739368
Introductory Biology
for Majors
BIOLOGY, 2E
The Dynamic Science, Volume 2, Units 3, 4, 7
Peter J. Russell, Reed College; Paul E. Hertz, Barnard College
Help students think and engage like scientists!
BIOLOGY: THE DYNAMIC SCIENCE, Second Edition,
provides students with a deep understanding of the
core concepts in Biology, building a strong foundation
for additional study. In a fresh presentation, the
authors explain complex ideas clearly and describe
how biologists collect and interpret evidence to test
hypotheses about the living world. Russell, Hertz, and
McMillan spark students’ curiosity about living systems
instead of burying it under a mountain of disconnected
facts. They engage students with what scientists know
about the living world, how they know it, and what they
still need to learn. By conveying the author’s passion for
biological research, the text helps students cultivate the
mental habits of scientists. The accompanying Aplia
for Biology interactively guides students through the
thought processes and procedures that scientists use
in their research and helps them apply and synthesize
specific content from the text. Overall, students learn
how to think like scientists and engage in the scientific
process themselves.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! APLIA FOR BIOLOGY keeps students on
track with frequent assignments and active learning
opportunities that include randomized, automatically
graded questions, exceptional text intergration, and
detailed explanations to reinforce course concepts.
 Diverse types of questions—all written by biology
instructors—focus on data analysis, experimental
and observational approaches to research, real-world
applications, global problems, and more.
• NEW! ENHANCED ART PROGRAM includes new and
improved figures, more step-by-step annotations,
many new three-dimensional views of structures,
and more “orientation” diagrams to help students
visualize levels of organization and how systems
function as a whole.
• NEW! EVERY CHAPTER HAS BEEN REVISED AND
UPDATED, and some units have been reorganized.
The book offers an even more effective integration
of text and illustration.
• NEW! THINK OUTSIDE THE BOOK active learning
feature helps students think analytically and critically
as they explore the biological world directly or
through high-quality electronic resources. Students
can engage in these activities either individually or
in small groups.
• NEW! THINK CRITICALLY questions appear at the
end of each “Unanswered Questions” essay and
encourage students to think more critically about the
unanswered question, ponder possible next steps in
the research, or consider the benefits of answering
the question.
• NEW! INTERPRET THE DATA exercises are included
in the study material at the end of each chapter.
These exercises stemming from published biological
research help students build skills in reading graphs
or tables to understand the data.
FEATURES
• BIG PIC TURE EMPHASIS: Straightfor ward
explanations of fundamental concepts presented
from the evolutionary perspective bind the biological
sciences together and enable students to see the
big picture. Clarity of presentation, thoughtful
organization, a seamless flow of topics within
chapters, and spectacularly useful illustrations are
central to the approach.
• WHY IT MATTERS: Motivating study of the chapter
topic and capturing students’ imaginations, the
chapter opening “Why It Matters” sections tell the
story of how a researcher arrived at a key insight
or how biological research solved a major societal
problem, explained a fundamental process, or
elucidated a phenomenon.
www.cengageasia.com
• UNANSWERED QUESTIONS: Prepared by experts in
the field, “Unanswered Questions” essays identify
important unresolved issues relating to the chapter
topic and describe cutting-edge research that will
advance our knowledge in the future.
• INSIGHTS FROM THE MOLECULAR REVOLUTION:
Students discover how molecular technologies allow
scientists to answer questions that they could not
have even posed 20 or 30 years ago in “Insights from
the Molecular Revolution” sections.
CONTENTS
UNIT III: EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY. 19. Development
of Evolutionary Thought. 20. Microevolution: Genetic
Changes within Populations. 21. Speciation. 22.
Paleobiology and Macroevolution. 23. Systematic
Biology: Phylogeny and Classification. UNIT IV:
BIODIVERSITY. 24. The Origin of Life. 25. Prokaryotes:
Bacteria and Archaea. 26. Protists. 27. Plants. 28. Fungi.
29. Animal Phylogeny, Acoelomates, and Protostomes.
30. Deuterostomes: Vertebrates and Their Closest
Relatives. UNIT VII: ECOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR. 49.
Ecology and the Biosphere. 50. Population Ecology. 51.
Population Interactions and Community Ecology. 52.
Ecosystems. 53. Biodiversity and Conservation Biology.
54. The Physiology and Genetics of Animal Behavior. 55.
The Ecology and Evolution of Animal Behavior.
© 2012, 560pp, Paperback, 9780538493734
BIOLOGY, 2E
The Dynamic Science, Volume 3, Units 5 & 6
Peter J. Russell, Reed College; Paul E. Hertz, Barnard College; Beverly
McMillan
Help students think and engage like scientists!
BIOLOGY: THE DYNAMIC SCIENCE, Second Edition,
provides students with a deep understanding of the
47
core concepts in Biology, building a strong foundation
for additional study. In a fresh presentation, the
authors explain complex ideas clearly and describe
how biologists collect and interpret evidence to test
hypotheses about the living world. Russell, Hertz, and
McMillan spark students’ curiosity about living systems
instead of burying it under a mountain of disconnected
facts. They engage students with what scientists know
about the living world, how they know it, and what they
still need to learn. By conveying the author’s passion for
biological research, the text helps students cultivate the
mental habits of scientists. The accompanying Aplia
for Biology interactively guides students through the
thought processes and procedures that scientists use
in their research and helps them apply and synthesize
specific content from the text. Overall, students learn
how to think like scientists and engage in the scientific
process themselves.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! APLIA FOR BIOLOGY keeps students on
track with frequent assignments and active learning
opportunities that include randomized, automatically
graded questions, exceptional text intergration, and
detailed explanations to reinforce course concepts.
Diverse types of questions—all written by biology
instructors—focus on data analysis, experimental
and observational approaches to research, real-world
applications, global problems, and more.
• NEW! ENHANCED ART PROGRAM includes new and
improved figures, more step-by-step annotations,
many new three-dimensional views of structures,
and more “orientation” diagrams to help students
visualize levels of organization and how systems
function as a whole.
• NEW! EVERY CHAPTER HAS BEEN REVISED AND
UPDATED, and some units have been reorganized.
The book offers an even more effective integration
of text and illustration.
• NEW! THINK OUTSIDE THE BOOK active learning
feature helps students think analytically and critically
as they explore the biological world directly or
through high-quality electronic resources. Students
can engage in these activities either individually or
in small groups.
• NEW! THINK CRITICALLY questions appear at the
end of each “Unanswered Questions” essay and
encourage students to think more critically about the
48
www.cengageasia.com
unanswered question, ponder possible next steps in
the research, or consider the benefits of answering
the question.
• NEW! INTERPRET THE DATA exercises are included
in the study material at the end of each chapter.
These exercises stemming from published biological
research help students build skills in reading graphs
or tables to understand the data.
FEATURES
• BIG PIC TURE EMPHASIS: Straightfor ward
explanations of fundamental concepts presented
from the evolutionary perspective bind the biological
sciences together and enable students to see the
big picture. Clarity of presentation, thoughtful
organization, a seamless flow of topics within
chapters, and spectacularly useful illustrations are
central to the approach.
• WHY IT MATTERS: Motivating study of the chapter
topic and capturing students’ imaginations, the
chapter opening “Why It Matters” sections tell the
story of how a researcher arrived at a key insight
or how biological research solved a major societal
problem, explained a fundamental process, or
elucidated a phenomenon.
• UNANSWERED QUESTIONS: Prepared by experts in
the field, “Unanswered Questions” essays identify
important unresolved issues relating to the chapter
topic and describe cutting-edge research that will
advance our knowledge in the future.
• INSIGHTS FROM THE MOLECULAR REVOLUTION:
Students discover how molecular technologies allow
scientists to answer questions that they could not
have even posed 20 or 30 years ago in “Insights from
the Molecular Revolution” sections.
CONTENTS
UNIT V: PLANT STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. 31. The
Plant Body. 32. Transport in Plants. 33. Plant Nutrition.
34. Reproduction and Development in Flowering Plants.
35. Plant Responses to the Environment. UNIT VI:
ANIMAL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. 36. Introduction
to Animal Organization and Physiology. 37. Information
Flow and the Neuron. 38. Nervous Systems. 39. Sensory
Systems. 40. The Endocrine System. 41. Muscles, Bones,
and Body Movements. 42. The Circulatory System.
43. Defenses against Disease. 44. Gas Exchange: The
Respiratory System. 45. Animal Nutrition. 46. Regulating
the Internal Environment. 47. Animal Reproduction. 48.
Animal Development.
© 2012, 480pp, Paperback, 9780538493741
BIOLOGY, 3E
The Dynamic Science, Volume 1 (Units 1 & 2)
Peter J. Russell, Reed College; Paul E. Hertz, Barnard College; Beverly
McMillan
Help students think and engage like scientists!
BIOLOGY: THE DYNAMIC SCIENCE, Third Edition,
allows students to develop a deep understanding
of the core concepts in Biology and builds a strong
foundation for future courses. The authors explain
complex ideas clearly and describe how biologists
collect and interpret evidence to test hypotheses
about the living world. Russell, Hertz, and McMillan
spark students’ curiosity about living systems instead
of burying it under a mountain of disconnected facts.
They engage students with what scientists know about
the living world, how they know it, and what they still
need to learn. By conveying the authors’ passions for
biological research, the text helps students cultivate
the mental habits of scientists. The accompanying
Aplia for Biology complements the book by enabling
students to go beyond rote memorization and gain a
true understanding of key concepts.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! “Think Like a Scientist” questions ask
students to apply what they have just learned
beyond the information presented in the text.
They are incorporated into Experimental Research,
Observational Research, and Closer Look figures as
well as the Insights from the Molecular Revolution
and Unanswered Questions boxes.
• NEW! “Closer Look” figures integrate a major
www.cengageasia.com
concept from the chapter into an important visual
presentation, usually a complex or multistep diagram,
and enables students to gain a better understanding
of the concept. The key concept is stated briefly at
the top and then illustrated in detail. The figures end
with a Figure Summary and a Think Like a Scientist
question.
• NEW! Chapter 19 on Genomes and Proteomes
develops an understanding of how the growing field
of genomics contributes to fundamental biological
knowledge and to human health.
• NEW! Plant diversity coverage has been expanded
from one chapter to two chapters and offers greater
depth.
• NEW! The text has been revised and updated
throughout to reflect the latest developments in
biology.
FEATURES
• Straightforward explanations of fundamental
concepts presented from the evolutionary perspective
bind the biological sciences together and enable
students to see the big picture. Clarity of presentation,
thoughtful organization, a seamless flow of topics
within chapters, and spectacularly useful illustrations
are central to the approach.
• “Why It Matters” sections motivate the study of
the chapter topic and capture student interest by
telling the story of how a researcher arrived at a key
insight or how biological research solved a major
societal problem, explaining a fundamental process,
or elucidating a phenomenon.
• “Insights from the Molecular Revolution” essays
highlight how molecular technologies allow scientists
to answer questions that they could not have even
posed 20 or 30 years ago.
• Research Figures (Research Method, Observational
Research, and Experimental Research) provide more
detailed information about how biologists formulate
and test specific hypotheses by gathering and
interpreting data.
• “Unanswered Questions” by experts in the field
identify important unresolved issues relating to the
chapter topic and describe cutting-edge research
that will advance our knowledge in the future.
Accompanying “Think Like a Scientist” questions
encourage students to analyze the topic further.
49
 CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Biological Concepts and Research.
UNIT I: MOLECULES AND CELLS. 2. Life, Chemistry, and
Water. 3. Biological Molecules: The Carbon Compounds
of Life. 4. Energy, Enzymes, and Biological Reactions. 5.
The Cell: An Overview. 6. Membranes and Transport.
7. Cell Communication. 8. Harvesting Chemical
Energy: Cellular Respiration. 9. Photosynthesis. 10. Cell
Division and Mitosis. UNIT II: GENETICS. 11. Meiosis:
The Cellular Basis of Sexual Reproduction. 12. Mendel,
Genes, and Inheritance. 13. Genes, Chromosomes, and
Human Genetics. 14. DNA Structure, Replication, and
Organization. 15. From DNA to Protein. 16. Regulation
of Gene Expression. 17. Bacterial and Viral Genetics. 18.
DNA Technologies. 19. Genomes and Proteomes.
© 2014, 528pp, Paperback, 9781133592044
BIOLOGY, 3E
The Dynamic Science, International Edition
Peter J. Russell, Reed College; Paul E. Hertz, Barnard College; Beverly
McMillan
Help students think and engage like scientists!
BIOLOGY: THE DYNAMIC SCIENCE, 3E, International
Edition allows students to develop a deep understanding
of the core concepts in Biology and builds a strong
foundation for future courses. The authors explain
complex ideas clearly and describe how biologists
collect and interpret evidence to test hypotheses
about the living world. Russell, Hertz, and McMillan
spark students’ curiosity about living systems instead
of burying it under a mountain of disconnected facts.
They engage students with what scientists know about
the living world, how they know it, and what they still
need to learn. By conveying the authors’ passions for
biological research, the text helps students cultivate
the mental habits of scientists. The accompanying
50
www.cengageasia.com
Aplia for Biology complements the book by enabling
students to go beyond rote memorization and gain a
true understanding of key concepts.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! “Closer Look” figures integrate a major
concept from the chapter into an important visual
presentation, usually a complex or multistep diagram,
and enables students to gain a better understanding
of the concept. The key concept is stated briefly at
the top and then illustrated in detail. The figures end
with a Figure Summary and a Think Like a Scientist
question.
• NEW! Chapter 19 on Genomes and Proteomes
develops an understanding of how the growing field
of genomics contributes to fundamental biological
knowledge and to human health.
• NEW! Plant diversity coverage has been expanded
from one chapter to two chapters and offers greater
depth.
• NEW! The text has been revised and updated
throughout to reflect the latest developments in
biology.
FEATURES
• NEW! “Think Like a Scientist” questions ask
students to apply what they have just learned
beyond the information presented in the text.
They are incorporated into Experimental Research,
Observational Research, and Closer Look figures as
well as the Insights from the Molecular Revolution
and Unanswered Questions boxes.
• Straightforward explanations of fundamental
concepts presented from the evolutionary perspective
bind the biological sciences together and enable
students to see the big picture. Clarity of presentation,
thoughtful organization, a seamless flow of topics
within chapters, and spectacularly useful illustrations
are central to the approach.
• “Why It Matters” sections motivate the study of
the chapter topic and capture student interest by
telling the story of how a researcher arrived at a key
insight or how biological research solved a major
societal problem, explaining a fundamental process,
or elucidating a phenomenon.
• “Insights from the Molecular Revolution” essays
highlight how molecular technologies allow scientists
to answer questions that they could not have even
 posed 20 or 30 years ago.
• Research Figures (Research Method, Observational
Research, and Experimental Research) provide more
detailed information about how biologists formulate
and test specific hypotheses by gathering and
interpreting data.
• “Unanswered Questions” by experts in the field
identify important unresolved issues relating to the
chapter topic and describe cutting-edge research
that will advance our knowledge in the future.
Accompanying “Think Like a Scientist” questions
encourage students to analyze the topic further.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Biological Concepts and Research.
UNIT I: MOLECULES AND CELLS. 2. Life, Chemistry, and
Water. 3. Biological Molecules: The Carbon Compounds
of Life. 4. Energy, Enzymes, and Biological Reactions. 5.
The Cell: An Overview. 6. Membranes and Transport.
7. Cell Communication. 8. Harvesting Chemical
Energy: Cellular Respiration. 9. Photosynthesis. 10. Cell
Division and Mitosis. UNIT II: GENETICS. 11. Meiosis:
The Cellular Basis of Sexual Reproduction. 12. Mendel,
Genes, and Inheritance. 13. Genes, Chromosomes, and
Human Genetics. 14. DNA Structure, Replication, and
Organization. 15. From DNA to Protein. 16. Regulation
of Gene Expression. 17. Bacterial and Viral Genetics.
18. DNA Technologies. 19. Genomes and Proteomes.
UNIT III: EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY. 20. Development
of Evolutionary Thought. 21. Microevolution: Genetic
Changes within Populations. 22. Speciation. 23.
Paleobiology and Macroevolution. 24. Systematic
Biology: Phylogeny and Classification. UNIT IV:
BIODIVERSITY. 25. The Origin of Life. 26. Prokaryotes:
Bacteria and Archaea. 27. Protists. 28. Seedless Plants.
29. Seed Plants. 30. Fungi. 31. Animal Phylogeny,
Acoelomates, and Protostomes. 32. Deuterostomes:
Vertebrates and Their Closest Relatives. UNIT V: PLANT
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. 33. The Plant Body. 34.
Transport in Plants. 35. Plant Nutrition. 36. Reproduction
and Development in Flowering Plants. 37. Plant Signals
and Responses to the Environment. UNIT VI: ANIMAL
STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. 38. Introduction to
Animal Organization and Physiology. 39. Information
Flow and the Neuron. 40. Nervous Systems. 41. Sensory
Systems. 42. The Endocrine System. 43. Muscles, Bones,
and Body Movements. 44. The Circulatory System.
45. Defenses against Disease. 46. Gas Exchange: The
www.cengageasia.com
Respiratory System. 47. Animal Nutrition. 48. Regulating
the Internal Environment. 49. Animal Reproduction.
50. Animal Development. UNIT VII: ECOLOGY AND
BEHAVIOR. 51. Population Ecology. 52. Population
Interactions and Community Ecology. 53. Ecosystems.
54. The Biosphere. 55. Biodiversity and Conservation
Biology. 56. The Physiology, Ecology, and Evolution of
Animal Behavior.
© 2014, 1456pp, Paperback, 9781133592051
Coming Soon!
BIOLOGY, 10E
Eldra Solomon, University of South Florida; Charles Martin, Rutgers
University; Diana W. Martin, Rutgers University, New Brunswick
Campus; Linda R. Berg, Formerly, University of Maryland and St.
Petersburg College
Solomon/Martin/Martin/Berg, BIOLOGY, often
described as the best majors text for LEARNING
biology, is also a complete teaching program. The
superbly integrated, inquiry-based learning system
guides students through every chapter. Key concepts
appear clearly at the beginning of each chapter and
learning objectives start each section. Students
then check the key points at the end of each section
before moving on to the next one. At the end of the
chapter a specially focused summary provides further
reinforcement of the learning objectives and students
are given the opportunity to test their understanding
of the material. The tenth edition offers expanded
integration of the text’s five guiding themes of biology
(the evolution of life, the transmission of biological
information, the flow of energy through living systems,
interactions among biological systems, and the inter-
relationship of structure and function) and innovative
online and multimedia resources for students and
instructors.
51
 NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: MindTap is a fully online, highly personalized
learning experience built upon Cengage Learning
content. MindTap combines student learning tools
into a singular Learning Path that guides students
through their course. Instructors personalize the
experience by customizing it to their courses.
• NEW: New co-author Charles Martin from Rutgers
University joins the author team on Biology 10th
Edition.
• NEW: Predict, Connect, and Visualize questions help
students think like scientists and apply the knowledge
that they have learned. These questions are tied to
Key Point, Key Experiment, Checkpoint, and Test Your
Understanding features.
• NEW: The Cell Biology coverage in Chapters 4, 5, and
6 places greater emphasis on the interdisciplinary
nature of cell research.
• NEW: The coverage of Genetics has been greatly
updated and expanded in the eight chapters of Part
3, “The Continuity of Life: Genetics.”
• NEW: An updated and expanded art program
reinforces concepts discussed in the text, and includes
new and enhanced Key Point, Key Experiment, and
Research Method figures that showcase the process
of science.
• NEW: Test Your Understanding end-of-chapter
questions are now organized according to
Bloom’s taxonomy so students can evaluate their
understanding of the material. Know and Comprehend
multiple-choice questions reinforce important terms
and concepts. Apply and Analyze questions challenge
students to integrate their knowledge. Higher-
level Evaluate and Synthesize questions encourage
students to apply the concepts just learned to new
situations or to make connections among important
concepts.
FEATURES
• The highly successful Learning System guides
students through every chapter and provides students
with the learning strategies needed to integrate
biology concepts and to demonstrate mastery of these
concepts. Learning Objectives begin each section and
Checkpoint questions enable students to assess their
level of understanding of the material at the end of
the section.
• Several types of questions carry special designations
52
www.cengageasia.com
to help students think like scientists and apply their
knowledge: Predict, Connect, Visualize,Evolution Link;
Interpret Data; or Science, Technology, and Society.
These questions emphasize that learning is enhanced
by many diverse approaches.
• Inquiring About boxes explore issues relevant to
students’ lives, providing a forum for discussing
topics of current interest in more detail. Hundreds
of examples throughout the book demonstrate the
connections between the laboratory and real life.
CONTENTS
Preface. To the Student. Part 1: THE ORGANIZATION
OF LIFE. 1. A View of Life. 2. Atoms and Molecules:
The Chemical Basis of Life. 3. The Chemistry of Life:
Organic Compounds. 4. Organization of the Cell. 5.
Biological Membranes. 6. Cell Communication. Part
2: ENERGY TRANSFER THROUGH LIVING SYSTEMS.
7. Energy and Metabolism. 8. How Cells Make ATP:
Energy-Releasing Pathways. 9. Photosynthesis:
Capturing Light Energy. Part 3: THE CONTINUITY
OF LIFE: GENETICS. 10. Chromosomes, Mitosis,
and Meiosis. 11. The Basic Principles of Heredity. 12.
DNA: The Carrier of Genetic Information. 13. Gene
Expression. 14. Gene Regulation. 15. DNA Technology
and Genomics. 16. Human Genetics and the Human
Genome. 17. Developmental Genetics. Part 4: THE
CONTINUITY OF LIFE: EVOLUTION. 18. Introduction
to Darwinian Evolution. 19. Evolutionary Change in
Populations. 20. Speciation and Macroevolution. 21.
The Origin and Evolutionary History of Life. 22. The
Evolution of Primates. Part 5: THE DIVERSITY OF LIFE.
23. Understanding Diversity: Systematics. 24. Viruses
and Subviral Agents. 25. Bacteria and Archaea. 26.
Protists. 27. Seedless Plants. 28. Seed Plants. 29. The
Fungi. 30. An Introduction to Animal Diversity. 31.
Sponges, Cnidarians, Ctenophores, and Protostomes.
32. The Deuterostomes. Part 6: STRUCTURE AND
LIFE PROCESSES IN PLANTS. 33. Plant Structure,
Growth, and Development. 34. Leaf Structure and
Function. 35. Stem Structure and Transport. 36. Roots
and Mineral Nutrition. 37. Reproduction in Flowering
Plants. 38. Plant Developmental Responses to External
and Internal Signals. Part 7: STRUCTURE AND LIFE
PROCESSES IN ANIMALS. 39. Animal Structure and
Function: An Introduction. 40. Protection, Support, and
Movement. 41. Neural Signaling. 42. Neural Regulation.
43. Sensory Systems. 44. Internal Transport. 45. The
Immune System: Internal Defense. 46. Gas Exchange.
47. Processing Food and Nutrition. 48. Osmoregulation
and Disposal of Metabolic Wastes. 49. Endocrine
Regulation. 50. Reproduction. 51. Animal Development.
52. Animal Behavior. Part 8: THE INTERACTIONS OF
LIFE: ECOLOGY. 53. Introduction to Ecology: Population
Ecology. 54. Community Ecology. 55. Ecosystems and
the Biosphere. 56. Ecology and the Geography of Life.
57. Biological Diversity and Conservation Biology.
Appendix A: Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix B:
Classification of Organisms. Appendix C: Understanding
Biological Terms. Appendix D: Abbreviations. Appendix
E: Answers to Test Your Understanding, Checkpoint, Key
Point, and Key Experiment Questions. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 1440pp, Hardback, 9781285423586
Introductory Biology
for Non-MaJors
BIOLOGY
Organisms and Adaptations, International Edition
Robert K. Noyd; Jerome A. Krueger; Kendra M. Hill
B I O LO GY: O R G A N I S M S A N D A DA P T I O N S ,
International Edition captures your students’ passion
and excitement for the living world! The authors build
on the connection we all have to nature to inspire
students to engage with biology in the same way they
do when visiting zoos, aquariums, or just taking a walk
in the park. Each chapter uses fascinating organisms
such as blue whales, salamanders, and redwood trees
to present, organize, and integrate biological concepts.
Merging the excitement and passion for living things
with an understanding of biological concepts, this
highly accessible and practical approach to the study
of biology produces students who are scientifically
www.cengageasia.com
literate and connective in their thinking.
FEATURES
• Various animals and plants provide the context for
presenting the core concepts in biology. Each chapter
opens with an organism that illustrates the key
concepts in the chapter. For example, the blue whale
is used in Chapter 1 to present and develop concepts
that include the characteristics of life, evolution,
biomolecules, and scientific research methods. The
featured organism and others also appear throughout
the chapter.
• Stunning chapter opening illustrations feature the
“starring” organism used in the chapter. These original
art pieces set the stage for the pedagogical use of
organisms in the chapter’s narrative. Additionally,
art thumbnails are used to introduce students to the
topics covered in each individual section.
• The consistent use of organisms allows for repetition
and reinforcement of major concepts. Unlike
traditional approaches that often present a concept
early and expect students to recall it many chapters
later, the approach reinforces processes and
adaptations among different organisms throughout
the book such as meiosis in animal, plant, and fungal
systems.
• At the end of each section, “Check and Apply Your
Understanding” questions ask students five questions
from the recall level to the application level of
understanding. A running glossary is included to
assist students in learning the “language of biology.”
• The end of chapter suite of tools helps develop
question-asking skills and scientific thinking. Self-
Quiz questions give students the opportunity
to quickly test their knowledge of the chapter
content. Applying the Concepts problems provide
opportunities for students to use their knowledge in
a new context. Data Analysis exercises help students
understand the information contained in graphs and
tables drawn from actual scientific papers and gives
them the chance to apply critical thinking skills. The
“Question Generator” presents an intriguing aspect of
the biology of an organism and then guides students
to develop questions leading to a hypothesis that can
be tested, thus giving them the opportunity to think
like a scientist.
• Aplia for Biology helps students learn and understand
key concepts via focused assignments and active
53
 learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback. Each set of
problems is accompanied by Learning Objectives
that give the instructor the opportunity to measure
Learning Outcomes.
• Instructor resources are available to transition to
the organisms-first approach. Chapter by chapter
and section by section guides detail exactly where
key concepts are covered. The resources enable
instructors to clearly meet their course-specific
outcomes.
CONTENTS
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISMAL BIOLOGY.
1. Biology: The Scientific Study of Life. 2. Evolution
and the Diversity of Life. 3. Evolutionary Change
and Adaptation. 4. Organisms in Their Habitat. 5.
Ecological Interactions among Organisms. UNIT II:
ADAPTATIONS OF ANIMALS. 6. Animal Structure
and Function. 7. Animal Growth and Development. 8.
Animal Feeding and Digestion. 9. Animal Respiration,
Circulation, and Metabolism. 10. Animal Sensory
Perception, Integration, and Movement. 11. Animal
Mating and Reproduction. UNIT III: ADAPTATIONS OF
PLANTS AND FUNGI. 12. Plant Growth, Structure, and
Function. 13. Plants Functioning in Their Habitat. 14.
Plant Reproduction. 15. The Biology of Fungi. UNIT IV:
ENVIRONMENTAL CONNECTIONS OF LIFE. 16. Physical
Cycles and the Biosphere. 17. Preserving Biodiversity
through Conservation Biology. UNIT V: GENETIC
CONNECTIONS OF LIFE. 18. Patterns of Inheritance.
19. Biotechnology and Genetics. UNIT VI: APPLYING
BIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS TO HUMAN HEALTH AND
DISEASE. 20. Infectious Diseases and the Body’s
Responses. 21. The Biology of Chronic Disease.
© 2014, 736pp, Paperback, 9781285191218
54
www.cengageasia.com
BIOLOGY, 9E
Concepts and Applications without Physiology
Cecie Starr
In the new edition of BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS, authors Cecie Starr, Christine A.
Evers, and Lisa Starr have partnered with the National
Geographic Society to develop a text designed to
engage and inspire. This trendsetting text introduces
the key concepts of biology to non-biology majors
using clear explanations and unparalleled visuals. While
mastering core concepts, each chapter challenges
students to question what they read and apply the
concepts learned, providing students with the critical
thinking skills and science knowledge they need in
life. Renowned for its writing style the new edition is
enhanced with exclusive content from the National
Geographic Society, including over 200 new photos
and illustrations. New People Matter sections in most
chapters profile National Geographic Explorers and
Grantees who are making significant contributions
in their field, showing students how concepts in the
chapter are being applied in their biological research.
Each chapter concludes with an ‘Application’ section
highlighting real-world uses of biology and helping
students make connections to chapter content. Helping
visual learners, “Figure It Out” questions in many
illustrations ensure students understand the concepts.
Data Analysis Activities at the end of every chapter help
students strengthen their analytical skills. “Take Home
Messages” ensure students grasp key concepts. Helpful
media options include the interactive Aplia program
that connects with today’s students. Throughout
this issues-oriented text, the authors emphasize that
biology is an ongoing endeavor carried out by a diverse
community of people and prepare students to make
decisions that require an understanding of the process
of science and basic biological principles.
 NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The new edition of BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS was developed in partnership with the
National Geographic Society, an organization known
for eye-opening photography and a legacy of inspiring
people to care about biology and the environment
that supports it. The result is a text that combines
clear explanations with unparalleled visuals to bring
core concepts into focus.
• New People Matter sections in most chapters profile
National Geographic Explorers and Grantees who
are making significant contributions in their field,
showing students how concepts in the chapter are
being applied in their biological research.
• Each chapter concludes with an ‘Application’
section highlighting real-world uses of biology and
helping students make connections and deepen
understanding of concepts.
FEATURES
• The entire text has been enhanced visually throughout.
Key Concepts with thumbnail images are reiterated
in the visual summaries, and stepped out figures and
“Figure It Out” figures help students along the way.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• Take-Home Message at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension.
• Digital options include Aplia for Biology, a homework
solution that reinforces course concepts, and MindTap
for Biology, which combines readings, multimedia,
activities, and assessments into a singular learning
path. The MindTap media includes pop-up tutors that
help explain key topics with short video explanations.
• The text balances concepts and applications. All
points necessary for developing an understanding
of a basic concept are on a single page or two facing
pages so students can focus on one topic at a time and
digest information in manageable segments.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, Figure It Out”
www.cengageasia.com
images, and animated figures.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 1. Invitation to Biology. Part I:
PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis.
3. Molecules of Life. 4. Cell Structure. 5. Ground Rules of
Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts-Photosynthesis. 7. How
Cells Release Chemical Energy. Part II: GENETICS. 8.
DNA Structure and Function. 9. From DNA to Protein.
10. Control of Gene Expression. 11. How Cells Reproduce.
12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13. Observing
Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15.
Biotechnology. Part III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16.
Evidence of Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Life’s
Origin and Early Evolution. Part IV: EVOLUTION AND
BIODIVERSITY. 19. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaeans. 20.
The Protists. 21. Plant Evolution. 22. Fungi. 23. Animals
I: Invertebrate Groups. 24. Animals II: The Chordates.
Part V. HOW PLANTS WORK. 25. Plant Tissues. 26.
Plant Nutrition and Transport. 27. Plant Reproduction
and Development. Part VI. HOW ANIMALS WORK.
28. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems. 29. Neural
Control. 30. Sensory Perception. 31. Endocrine Control.
32. Structural Support and Movement. 33. Circulation.
34. Immunity. 35. Respiration. 36. Digestion and Human
Nutrition. 37. Maintaining the Internal Environment. 38.
Reproduction and Development. Part VII: PRINCIPLES
OF ECOLOGY. 39. Animal Behavior. 40. Population
Ecology. 41. Community Ecology. 42. Ecosystems. 43.
The Biospheres. 44. Human Effects on the Biosphere.
Appendix I: Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix
II: Amino Acids. Appendix III: A Closer Look at Some
Major Metabolic Pathways. Appendix IV: A Plain English
Map of the Human Chromosomes. Appendix V: Restless
Earth-Life’s Changing Geologic Stage. Appendix VI:
Units of Measure. Appendix VII: Answers to Self-Quizzes
and Genetics Problems. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 592pp, Paperback, 9781285427836
55

BIOLOGY, 9E
Concepts and Applications
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
In the new edition of BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS, authors Cecie Starr, Christine A.
Evers, and Lisa Starr have partnered with the National
Geographic Society to develop a text designed to
engage and inspire. This trendsetting text introduces
the key concepts of biology to non-biology majors
using clear explanations and unparalleled visuals. While
mastering core concepts, each chapter challenges
students to question what they read and apply the
concepts learned, providing students with the critical
thinking skills and science knowledge they need in
life. Renowned for its writing style the new edition is
enhanced with exclusive content from the National
Geographic Society, including over 200 new photos
and illustrations. New People Matter sections in most
chapters profile National Geographic Explorers and
Grantees who are making significant contributions
in their field, showing students how concepts in the
chapter are being applied in their biological research.
Each chapter concludes with an ‘Application’ section
highlighting real-world uses of biology and helping
students make connections to chapter content. Helping
visual learners, “Figure It Out” questions in many
illustrations ensure students understand the concepts.
Data Analysis Activities at the end of every chapter help
students strengthen their analytical skills. “Take Home
Messages” ensure students grasp key concepts. Helpful
media options include the interactive Aplia program
that connects with today’s students. Throughout
this issues-oriented text, the authors emphasize that
biology is an ongoing endeavor carried out by a diverse
community of people and prepare students to make
decisions that require an understanding of the process
of science and basic biological principles.
56
www.cengageasia.com
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The new edition of BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS was developed in partnership with the
National Geographic Society, an organization known
for eye-opening photography and a legacy of inspiring
people to care about biology and the environment
that supports it. The result is a text that combines
clear explanations with unparalleled visuals to bring
core concepts into focus.
• New People Matter sections in most chapters profile
National Geographic Explorers and Grantees who
are making significant contributions in their field,
showing students how concepts in the chapter are
being applied in their biological research.
• Each chapter concludes with an ‘Application’
section highlighting real-world uses of biology and
helping students make connections and deepen
understanding of concepts.
FEATURES
• The entire text has been enhanced visually throughout.
Key Concepts with thumbnail images are reiterated
in the visual summaries, and stepped out figures and
“Figure It Out” figures help students along the way.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• Take-Home Message at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension.
• Digital options include Aplia for Biology, a homework
solution that reinforces course concepts, and MindTap
for Biology, which combines readings, multimedia,
activities, and assessments into a singular learning
path. The MindTap media includes pop-up tutors that
help explain key topics with short video explanations.
• The text balances concepts and applications. All
points necessary for developing an understanding
of a basic concept are on a single page or two facing
pages so students can focus on one topic at a time and
digest information in manageable segments.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, Figure It Out”
 images, and animated figures.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 1. Invitation to Biology. Part I:
PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis.
3. Molecules of Life. 4. Cell Structure. 5. Ground Rules of
Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts-Photosynthesis. 7. How
Cells Release Chemical Energy. Part II: GENETICS. 8.
DNA Structure and Function. 9. From DNA to Protein.
10. Control of Gene Expression. 11. How Cells Reproduce.
12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13. Observing
Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Human Inheritance. 15.
Biotechnology. Part III: PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION. 16.
Evidence of Evolution. 17. Processes of Evolution. 18. Life’s
Origin and Early Evolution. Part IV: EVOLUTION AND
BIODIVERSITY. 19. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaeans. 20.
The Protists. 21. Plant Evolution. 22. Fungi. 23. Animals
I: Invertebrate Groups. 24. Animals II: The Chordates.
Part V. HOW PLANTS WORK. 25. Plant Tissues. 26.
Plant Nutrition and Transport. 27. Plant Reproduction
and Development. Part VI. HOW ANIMALS WORK.
28. Animal Tissues and Organ Systems. 29. Neural
Control. 30. Sensory Perception. 31. Endocrine Control.
32. Structural Support and Movement. 33. Circulation.
34. Immunity. 35. Respiration. 36. Digestion and Human
Nutrition. 37. Maintaining the Internal Environment. 38.
Reproduction and Development. Part VII: PRINCIPLES
OF ECOLOGY. 39. Animal Behavior. 40. Population
Ecology. 41. Community Ecology. 42. Ecosystems. 43.
The Biospheres. 44. Human Effects on the Biosphere.
Appendix I: Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix
II: Amino Acids. Appendix III: A Closer Look at Some
Major Metabolic Pathways. Appendix IV: A Plain English
Map of the Human Chromosomes. Appendix V: Restless
Earth-Life’s Changing Geologic Stage. Appendix VI:
Units of Measure. Appendix VII: Answers to Self-Quizzes
and Genetics Problems. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 880pp, Paperback, 9781285427812
www.cengageasia.com
Coming Soon!
BIOLOGY, 9E
A Human Emphasis
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
In the new edition of BIOLOGY: A HUMAN EMPHASIS,
authors Cecie Starr, Christine A. Evers, and Lisa Starr
have partnered with the National Geographic Society
to develop a text designed to engage and inspire. This
trendsetting text introduces the key concepts of biology
to non-biology majors using clear explanations and
unparalleled visuals. While mastering core concepts,
each chapter challenges students to question what they
read and apply the concepts learned, providing students
with the critical-thinking skills and science knowledge
they need in life. Renowned for its writing style the
new edition is enhanced with exclusive content from
the National Geographic Society, including over 200
new photos and illustrations. New “People Matter”
sections in most chapters profile National Geographic
Explorers and Grantees who are making significant
contributions in their field, showing students how
concepts in the chapter are being applied in their
biological research. Each chapter concludes with an
“Application” section highlighting real-world uses of
biology and helping students make connections to
chapter content. Helping visual learners, “Figure It
Out” questions in many illustrations ensure students
understand the concepts. Data Analysis Activities at
the end of every chapter help students strengthen
their analytical skills. “Take Home Messages” ensure
students grasp key concepts. Helpful media options
include the interactive Aplia program that connects
with today’s students. Throughout this issues-oriented
text, the authors emphasize that biology is an ongoing
endeavor carried out by a diverse community of people
and prepare students to make decisions that require
an understanding of the process of science and basic
biological principles. Providing selected chapters from
57
BIOLOGY: CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, this text is
ideal for courses that emphasize human applications.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The new edition of BIOLOGY: A HUMAN EMPHASIS
was developed in partnership with the National
Geographic Society, an organization known for
eye-opening photography and a legacy of inspiring
people to care about biology and the environment
that supports it. The result is a text that combines
clear explanations with unparalleled visuals to bring
core concepts into focus.
• New “People Matter” sections in most chapters profile
National Geographic Explorers and Grantees who
are making significant contributions in their field,
showing students how concepts in the chapter are
being applied in their biological research.
• Each chapter concludes with an “Application”
section highlighting real-world uses of biology and
helping students make connections and deepen
understanding of concepts.
FEATURES
• The entire text has been enhanced visually throughout.
Key Concepts with thumbnail images are reiterated
in the visual summaries, and stepped out figures and
“Figure It Out” figures help students along the way.
• Data Analysis Activities provide students with
the opportunity to work with real data, further
strengthening analytical skills and providing insight
into contemporary research.
• Take-Home Message at the end of each section
poses a question that reflects the critical content of
the section and answers the question in bulleted list
format so students grasp the key concepts.
• On-page running glossary provides immediate
help with the language of Biology and aids reading
comprehension.
• Digital options include Aplia for Biology, a homework
solution that reinforces course concepts, and MindTap
for Biology, which combines readings, multimedia,
activities, and assessments into a singular learning
path. The MindTap media includes pop-up tutors that
help explain key topics with short video explanations.
• The text balances concepts and applications. All
points necessary for developing an understanding
of a basic concept are on a single page or two facing
pages so students can focus on one topic at a time and
58
www.cengageasia.com
digest information in manageable segments.
• The visually-appealing and accurate art program helps
visual learners with step-by-step art, Figure It Out”
images, and animated figures.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 1. Invitation to Biology. Part I:
PRINCIPLES OF CELLULAR LIFE. 2. Life’s Chemical Basis.
3. Molecules of Life. 4. Cell Structure. 5. Ground Rules
of Metabolism. 6. Where It Starts—Photosynthesis. 7.
How Cells Release Chemical Energy. Part II: GENETICS.
8. DNA Structure and Function. 9. From DNA to
Protein. 10. Control of Gene Expression. 11. How Cells
Reproduce. 12. Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction. 13.
Observing Patterns in Inherited Traits. 14. Human
Inheritance. 15. Biotechnology. Part III: EVOLUTION AND
BIODIVERSITY. 16. Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaeans. 17.
The Chordates. Part IV. HOW ANIMALS WORK. 18.
Animal Tissues and Organ Systems. 19. Neural Control.
20. Sensory Perception. 21. Endocrine Control. 22.
Structural Support and Movement. 23. Circulation. 24.
Immunity. 25. Respiration. 26. Digestion and Human
Nutrition. 27. Maintaining the Internal Environment. 28.
Reproduction and Development. Part V: PRINCIPLES OF
ECOLOGY. 29. Animal Behavior. 30. Population Ecology.
31. Ecosystems. 32. Human Effects on the Biosphere.
Appendix I: Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix
II: Amino Acids. Appendix III: A Closer Look at Some
Major Metabolic Pathways. Appendix IV: A Plain English
Map of the Human Chromosomes. Appendix V: Restless
Earth—Life’s Changing Geologic Stage. Appendix VI:
Units of Measure. Appendix VII: Answers to Self-Quizzes
and Genetics Problems. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 656pp, Paperback, 9781285427829

BIOLOGY TODAY & TOMORROW WITH
PHYSIOLOGY, 4E
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
Engage your students and strike the perfect balance
between level of detail and accessibility! Written for
a one-semester, non-Biology majors course, BIOLOGY
TODAY AND TOMORROW is packed with applications
that are relevant to a student’s daily life. The clear,
straightforward writing style, in-text learning support,
and trendsetting art help students understand key
concepts. The accompanying Aplia for Biology further
improves comprehension and outcomes by increasing
student effort engagement and retention. Overall,
this accessible and engaging introduction to biology
provides an understanding of biology and the process
of science while developing the critical-thinking skills
students need to become responsible citizens of the
world.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
• NEW! Chapter pedagogy provides more help for
students to focus on key concepts, make connections
to prior concepts, and see where the material is
leading.
• NEW! The text is updated throughout with the latest
research and even more clarity.
FEATURES
• Accessible Text: The clear writing style engages
students and makes the material accessible without
glossing over the science—even with the most
formidable topics.
www.cengageasia.com
• A Wealth of Applications: Chapter opening sections
motivate students by exploring a current event or
controversy directly related to the chapter’s content.
“How Would You Vote?” questions give students the
opportunity to practice making an informed choice
about a science-related controversy.
• In-Text Learning Tools: “Take-Home Messages” at
the end of each section help students grasp the key
concepts. The on-page running glossary provides
students with immediate support with the language
of Biology as they read.
• Helpful Art: The visually-appealing and accurate art
program helps visual learners with step-by-step art,
“Figure It Out” images, and animated figures. Eye-
catching, chapter-opening art grabs student interest
and highlights the chapter’s big picture topic. It also
appears within the chapter as an example.
• Clear Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration
Coverage: Chapter 5, Capturing and Releasing Energy,
combines the coverage of Photosynthesis and Cellular
Respiration to reveal more completely and easily
these key concepts.
• End of Chapter Support: The Visual Summary
reinforces key concepts and links the chapter content
visually for students. Each chapter also includes a Self
Quiz, Critical Thinking questions, and Digging Into
Data exercises.
CONTENTS
1. Invitation to Biology. 2. Molecules of Life. 3. Cell
Structure. 4. Energy and Metabolism. 5. Capturing and
Releasing Energy. 6. DNA Structure and Function. 7.
Gene Expression and Control. 8. How Cells Reproduce.
9. Patterns of Inheritance. 10. Biotechnology. 11. Evidence
of Evolution. 12. Processes of Evolution. 13. Early Life
Forms and the Viruses. 14. Plants and Fungi. 15. Animal
Evolution. 16. Population Ecology. 17. Communities and
Ecosystems. 18. The Biosphere and Human Effects. 19.
Animal Tissues and Organs. 20. How Animals Move. 21.
Circulation and Respiration. 22. Immunity. 23. Digestion
and Excretion. 24. Neural Control and the Senses. 25.
Endocrine Control. 26. Reproduction and Development.
27. Plant Form and Function. 28. Plant Reproduction and
Development.
© 2013, 640pp, Hardback, 9781133590835
59

BIOLOGY TODAY AND TOMORROW
WITH PHYSIOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL
EDITION, 4E
Cecie Starr; Christine Evers; Lisa Starr
Engage your students and strike the perfect balance
between level of detail and accessibility! Written for
a non-Biology majors course, BIOLOGY TODAY AND
TOMORROW WITH PHYSIOLOGY, 4E, International
Edition is packed with applications that are relevant to
a student’s daily life. The clear, straightforward writing
style, in-text learning support, and trendsetting art help
students understand key concepts. The accompanying
Aplia for Biology further improves comprehension and
outcomes by increasing student effort engagement
and retention. Overall, this accessible and engaging
introduction to biology provides an understanding of
biology and the process of science while developing
the critical-thinking skills students need to become
responsible citizens of the world.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW! Aplia for Biology helps students learn and
understand key concepts via focused assignments and
active learning opportunities that include randomized,
automatically graded questions, exceptional text
interaction, and immediate feedback.
• NEW! Chapter pedagogy provides more help for
students to focus on key concepts, make connections
to prior concepts, and see where the material is
leading.
• NEW! The text is updated throughout with the latest
research and even more clarity.
FEATURES
• Accessible Text: The clear writing style engages
students and makes the material accessible without
glossing over the science—even with the most
60
www.cengageasia.com
formidable topics.
• A Wealth of Applications: Chapter opening sections
motivate students by exploring a current event or
controversy directly related to the chapter’s content.
“How Would You Vote?” questions give students the
opportunity to practice making an informed choice
about a science-related controversy.
• In-Text Learning Tools: “Take-Home Messages” at
the end of each section help students grasp the key
concepts. The on-page running glossary provides
students with immediate support with the language
of Biology as they read.
• Helpful Art: The visually-appealing and accurate art
program helps visual learners with step-by-step art,
“Figure It Out” images, and animated figures. Eye-
catching, chapter-opening art grabs student interest
and highlights the chapter’s big picture topic. It also
appears within the chapter as an example.
• Clear Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration
Coverage: Chapter 5, Capturing and Releasing Energy,
combines the coverage of Photosynthesis and Cellular
Respiration to reveal more completely and easily
these key concepts.
• End of Chapter Support: The Visual Summary
reinforces key concepts and links the chapter content
visually for students. Each chapter also includes a Self
Quiz, Critical Thinking questions, and Digging Into
Data exercises.
CONTENTS
1. Invitation to Biology. 2. Molecules of Life. 3. Cell
Structure. 4. Energy and Metabolism. 5. Capturing and
Releasing Energy. 6. DNA Structure and Function. 7.
Gene Expression and Control. 8. How Cells Reproduce.
9. Patterns of Inheritance. 10. Biotechnology. 11. Evidence
of Evolution. 12. Processes of Evolution. 13. Early Life
Forms and the Viruses. 14. Plants and Fungi. 15. Animal
Evolution. 16. Population Ecology. 17. Communities and
Ecosystems. 18. The Biosphere and Human Effects. 19.
Animal Tissues and Organs. 20. How Animals Move. 21.
Circulation and Respiration. 22. Immunity. 23. Digestion
and Excretion. 24. Neural Control and the Senses. 25.
Endocrine Control. 26. Reproduction and Development.
27. Plant Form and Function. 28. Plant Reproduction and
Development.
© 2013, 640pp, Paperback, 9781133590552

HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL 1 FOR BIOLOGY, 9E
Eldra Solomon, University of South Florida; Linda Berg, St. Petersburg
College; Diana W. Martin, Rutgers University, New Brunswick Campus
© 2011, 1408pp, Hardback, 9780538495646
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER
Climate Change Printed Access Card
National Geographic Learning
CLIMATE CHANGE is a part of a ground-breaking
new series, the National Geographic Learning Reader
Series. This series brings learning to life by featuring
compelling images, media and text from National
Geographic. Through this engaging content, students
develop a clearer understanding of the world around
them. Published in a variety of subject areas, the
National Geographic Learning Reader Series connects
key topics to authentic examples and can be used
in conjunction with most standard texts or online
materials available for your courses. Access to a media
enhanced eBook is included with each reader. A hotly
debated and highly contentious subject, global climate
change has emerged as one of the most significant
threats and challenges of our time. The articles in
CLIMATE CHANGE provide a meaningful look at this
www.cengageasia.com
pressing scientific and social issue.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Biology and
Environmental Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• The articles cover many facets of the incredibly diverse
causes and impacts of climate change.
• This collection represents many perspectives, from
atmospheric science to the societies most affected,
and from the deep past to the not so distant future.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. 1. UNDER
THE SUN. Discussion Questions. Challenges and
Solutions. Social Implications 2. SAVING ENERGY: IT
STARTS AT HOME. Discussion Questions. Challenges
and Solutions. Social Implications. 3. VIKING WEATHER.
Discussion Questions. Challenges and Solutions. Social
Implications. 4. THE COMING STORM Discussion
Questions. Challenges and Solutions. Social Implications.
5. CAN CHINA GO GREEN? Discussion Questions.
Challenges and Solutions. Social Implications.
© 2013, 128pp, Paperback, 9781133935278
61
 Marine Biology
HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL 1 FOR
KARLESKINT’S INTRODUCTION TO
MARINE BIOLOGY, 4E
George Karleskint, St. Louis Community College, Meramec; Richard
Turner, Florida Institute of Technology; James Small, Rollins College,
Winter Park
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY sparks
curiosity about the marine world and provides an
understanding of the process of science. Taking an
ecological approach and intended for non-science
majors, the text provides succinct coverage of the
content while the photos and art clearly illustrate
key concepts. Studying is made easy with phonetic
pronunciations, a running glossary of key terms, end-
of-chapter questions, and suggestions for further
reading at the end of each chapter. The open look and
feel of INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY and
the enhanced art program convey the beauty and awe
of life in the ocean. Twenty spectacular photos open
the chapters, piquing the motivation and attention of
students, and over 60 photos and pieces of art are new
or redesigned.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Strengthened coverage of Ecology: Introduction to
Marine Biology effectively integrates the theme of
ecology throughout each chapter. The new boxed
feature, the “Impact Bubble,” presents current events
and topics regarding the human impact on the marine
environment.
• Expanded learning tools: The chapter opening “Have
You Wondered?” questions are now revisited in the
end of chapter material. The “Running Glossary” now
defines all glossary terms where they appear in the
text. The “In Summary” boxes are bulleted to make
62
www.cengageasia.com
key points even clearer and include references to the
“Have You Wondered?” questions. The “Questions for
Review” include new matching questions.
• Updated Art and Photo Program: Over 60 photos and
pieces of art are new or redesigned, which enhance
the student’s learning experience. Twenty spectacular
photos open each chapter, piquing the motivation and
attention of students.
• Updated Design: The open look and feel of
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY fourth
edition and the enhanced art program convey the
beauty and awe of life in the ocean. The new design
offers more variety to every page and has enabled
many photos and illustrations to be resized for more
clarity.
FEATURES
• The process of science and the way scientists work
in the field is emphasized throughout Introduction
to Marine Biology.
• “In Perspective” tables found in each of the marine
organism chapters (microorganisms, multicellular
producers, sponges, molluscs, fishes, reptiles and
birds, marine mammals), summarize key ecological,
biological, and taxonomic data for each organism.
• Strong coverage of the physiology and ecology of
major marine groups including microbes, viruses,
plankton, multicellular algae, plants, and animals.
• Web Site that contains a rich array of teaching and
learning resources including chapter-by-chapter
online tutorial quizzes, a final exam, chapter outlines,
chapter review, chapter-by-chapter weblinks,
flashcards, and more!
CONTENTS
Contents Overview. Preface. PART I: THE OCEAN
ENVIRONMENT. 1. Science and Marine Biology. 2.
Fundamentals of Ecology. 3. Geology of the Ocean.
4. 4. Water, Waves, and Tides. PART II: MARINE
ORGANISMS. 5. Biological Concepts. 6. Marine
Microbes. 7. Multicellular Primary Producers. 8. Lower
Invertebrates. 9. Higher Invertebrates. 10. Marine
Fishes. 11. Marine Reptiles and Birds. 12. Marine
Mammals. PART III: MARINE ECOSYSTEMS. 13. Intertidal
Communities. 14. Estuaries. 15. Coral Reef Communities.
16. Continental Shelves and Neritic Zone. 17. The Open
Sea. 18. Life in the Ocean’s Depths. PART IV: HUMANS
AND THE SEA. 19. Harvesting the Ocean’s Resources.
20. Oceans in Jeopardy. Glossary. Answers to Multiple
Choice Questions. Index.
© 2013, 592pp, Hardback, 9781133586678
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 4E
George Karleskint, St. Louis Community College, Meramec; Richard
Turner, Florida Institute of Technology; James Small, Rollins College,
Winter Park
INTRODUC TION TO MARINE BIOLOGY, 4E,
International Edition sparks curiosity about the marine
world and provides an understanding of the process of
science. Taking an ecological approach and intended
for non-science majors, the text provides succinct
coverage of the content while the photos and art
clearly illustrate key concepts. Studying is made easy
with phonetic pronunciations, a running glossary of
key terms, end-of-chapter questions, and suggestions
for further reading at the end of each chapter. The
open look and feel of INTRODUCTION TO MARINE
BIOLOGY, 4E, International Edition and the enhanced
art program convey the beauty and awe of life in the
ocean. Twenty spectacular photos open the chapters,
piquing the motivation and attention of students, and
over 60 photos and pieces of art are new or redesigned.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Strengthened coverage of Ecology: INTRODUCTION
TO MARINE BIOLOGY, 4E, International Edition
effectively integrates the theme of ecology throughout
each chapter. The new boxed feature, the “Impact
Bubble,” presents current events and topics regarding
the human impact on the marine environment.
• Expanded learning tools: The chapter opening “Have
You Wondered?” questions are now revisited in the
end of chapter material. The “Running Glossary” now
www.cengageasia.com
defines all glossary terms where they appear in the
text. The “In Summary” boxes are bulleted to make
key points even clearer and include references to the
“Have You Wondered?” questions. The “Questions for
Review” include new matching questions.
• Updated Art and Photo Program: Over 60 photos and
pieces of art are new or redesigned, which enhance
the student’s learning experience. Twenty spectacular
photos open each chapter, piquing the motivation and
attention of students.
• Updated Design: The open look and feel of
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY, 4E,
International Edition and the enhanced art program
convey the beauty and awe of life in the ocean. The
new design offers more variety to every page and has
enabled many photos and illustrations to be resized
for more clarity.
FEATURES
• The process of science and the way scientists work in
the field is emphasized throughout INTRODUCTION
TO MARINE BIOLOGY, 4E, International Edition.
• “In Perspective” tables found in each of the marine
organism chapters (microorganisms, multicellular
producers, sponges, molluscs, fishes, reptiles and
birds, marine mammals), summarize key ecological,
biological, and taxonomic data for each organism.
• Strong coverage of the physiology and ecology of
major marine groups including microbes, viruses,
plankton, multicellular algae, plants, and animals.
• Web Site that contains a rich array of teaching and
learning resources including chapter-by-chapter
online tutorial quizzes, a final exam, chapter outlines,
chapter review, chapter-by-chapter weblinks,
flashcards, and more!
CONTENTS
PART I: THE OCEAN ENVIRONMENT. 1. Science and
Marine Biology. 2. Fundamentals of Ecology. 3. Geology
of the Ocean. 4. Water, Waves, and Tides. PART II:
MARINE ORGANISMS. 5. Biological Concepts. 6.
Marine Microbes. 7. Multicellular Primary Producers.
8. Lower Invertebrates. 9. Higher Invertebrates. 10.
Marine Fishes. 11. Marine Reptiles and Birds. 12. Marine
Mammals. PART III: MARINE ECOSYSTEMS. 13. Intertidal
Communities. 14. Estuaries. 15. Coral Reef Communities.
16. Continental Shelves and Neritic Zone. 17. The Open
Sea. 18. Life in the Ocean’s Depths. PART IV: HUMANS
63
AND THE SEA. 19. Harvesting the Ocean’s Resources.
20. Oceans in Jeopardy. Glossary. Answers to Multiple
Choice Questions. Index.
© 2013, 576pp, Paperback, 9781133365068
LAB MANUAL FOR KARLESKINT/
TURNER/SMALL’S INTRODUCTION TO
MARINE BIOLOGY, 4TH, 4E
George Karleskint, St. Louis Community College, Meramec; Richard
Turner, Florida Institute of Technology; James Small, Rollins College,
Winter Park
New to this edition, this lab manual has been specially
designed to help students learn more about marine life
and their habits.
© 2013, 176pp, Paperback, 9781133589808
Plant Biology / Botany
INTRODUCTORY BOTANY, 2E
Plants, People, and the Environment, International
Edition
Linda R. Berg, Formerly, University of Maryland and St. Petersburg
College
C l e a r, c o n c i s e , a n d r e a d a b l e , Li n d a B e rg ’s
INTRODUCTORY BOTANY: PLANTS, PEOPLE, AND
THE ENVIRONMENT teaches the science of plant
biology--not just the facts. This topical, up-to-date
text helps students develop an appreciation of the
diverse organisms we call plants, including their
remarkable adaptations to the environment and their
evolutionary and ecological relationships. Filled with
engaging feature boxes, intriguing chapter-opening
stories, and other applied content, the text imparts
interesting, topical information that promotes curiosity
and stimulates students to explore more about plant
biology. Berg shows students the ways in which
plants are fascinating in their own right, important
for the existence of all life on Earth, and useful for
humans in all aspects of our lives. INTRODUCTORY
BOTANY: PLANTS, PEOPLE, AND THE ENVIRONMENT
is beautifully and clearly illustrated and features a
dynamic new art program that helps students visualize
even the most complex concepts. New for this edition,
the text’s clear and compelling art and photos are now
available in a Multimedia Manager CD, which allows
you to create a multimedia learning experience in the
classroom and in the lab.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New experiment figures--indicated by “Process of
Science” icons--convey a clear framework to show
the scientific method in action: Question, Hypothesis,
Experiment, Results, and Conclusion. This helps
students understand the actual methods scientists
have used to determine much of what we know about
botany.
• “Process of Science” and “Evolution Link” icons are
placed within the text to emphasize material that
relates directly to the themes of evolution and the
study of science as a process. These remind students
of the pervasiveness of the theme of evolution, and
call their attention to the application of scientific
principles.
• New to this edition is a running glossary in the
margins that calls out and defines the 10 to 15 most
important terms in each chapter. This aids student
review and recall of important terms. The glossary
is always located in the same place on a page spread
for easy reference. Additionally, all key terms included
in the glossary at the end of the book are boldfaced
within the text flow.
• This edition features an enriched color palette, many

64
www.cengageasia.com
 new illustrations, enhanced depth and dimension in
illustrations, new photographs, and new captions.
Symbols and labels have also been streamlined to
make the presentation even more consistent. These
careful revisions make the art a more effective
learning tool for your students. Plus, all of the art and
photos are now available on a Multimedia Manager
CD, providing you with an effective presentation and
teaching tool.
• All figures that are more complex in nature--such
as processes, life cycles, and stepped art--have an
overarching “Figure in Focus” statement pulled out
that describes the major concept to be learned from
the figure. This helps students see the main point of
a figure and gives them a clearer understanding of
how the figure is to be interpreted. This new feature
teaches students to look more analytically and learn
to synthesize information from both the figure and
the text
• Save time when preparing lectures. The Multimedia
Manager CD provides all the tables, illustrations,
and photographs from the text. It also includes an
Instructor’s Manual, Test Bank, and pre-created lecture
slides. Selected animations on plant physiology,
evolution, and ecology are linked from the lectures.
The art in the Multimedia Manager has “removable”
labels. All of these lecture materials combined on one
easy-to-use CD will save you time when preparing
lectures.
• The all-new Book Companion Website provides
further opportunities for your students to study, learn
vocabulary, and investigate items of topical interest.
It features self-scoring quizzes, flashcards, web links,
and InfoTrac® College Edition references.
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to the Science of Botany. 2.
The Chemical Composition of Cells. 3. Plant Cells.
4. Metabolism in Cells. 5. Plant Tissues and the
Multicellular Plant Body. 6. Plant Organs: Roots. 7. Plant
Organs: Stems. 8. Plant Organs: Leaves. 9. Flowers,
Fruits, and Seeds. 10. Mineral Nutrition and Transport in
Plants. 11. Growth Responses and Regulation of Growth.
12. Mitosis, Meiosis, and Life Cycles. 13. Patterns of
Inheritance. 14. The Molecular Basis of Inheritance. 15.
Genetic Frontiers. 16. Continuity Through Evolution.
17. The Evolution of Populations and Species. 18. The
Classification of Plants and Other Organisms. 19.
www.cengageasia.com
Viruses and Prokaryotes. 20. Kingdom Protista. 21.
Kingdom Fungi. 22. Introduction to the Plant Kingdom:
Bryophytes. 23. The Plant Kingdom: Seedless Vascular
Plants. 24. The Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms. 25. The
Plant Kingdom: Flowering Plants. 26. Ecosystems. 27.
Biomes of the World.
© 2008, 648pp, Paperback, 9780495383680
Student Resources
LAB MANUAL FOR MAJORS GENERAL
BIOLOGY
James W. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox Valley; David Morton,
Frostburg State University; Joy B. Perry, University of Wisconsin - Fox
Valley
Featuring a clear format and a wealth of illustrations,
this lab manual helps biology majors learn science
by doing it. This manual includes numerous inquiry-
based experiments, relevant activities, and supporting
questions that assess recall, understanding, and
application. The exercises support any biology text
used in a majors course.
FEATURES
• Inquiry Experiments and the Methods of Science:
This manual includes numerous inquiry-based
experiments. Some are extensions of a preceding
activity while others stand alone.
• Relevant Exercises: This lab manual provides exciting,
relevant activities and experiments that allow
students to explore some of the rapidly developing
areas of biological knowledge.
• Clear Procedures: The procedure sections of the
exercises are more detailed and step-by-step than
in other manuals so students can accomplish the
65
 objectives of each exercise.
• Pre- and Post-Lab Questions: Pre-lab questions
Earth Sciences
prepare students to accomplish the objectives of
each exercise and the post-lab questions draw on
Environmental Science
the knowledge gained by observation. Answers are
available in the Instructor’s Manual.
• Illustrations: The manual offers a generous number of
high-quality color illustrations, including everything
a student needs visually to accomplish the objectives
of each exercise.
CONTENTS
1. Microscopy. 2. Macromolecules and You: Food and
Diet Analysis. 3. Structure and Function of Living
Cells. 4. Diffusion, Osmosis, and the Functional
Significance of Biological Membranes. 5. Enzymes: LAB MANUAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
Catalysts of Life. 6. Photosynthesis: Capture of Light SCIENCE
Energy. 7. Respiration: Energy Conversion. 8. Mitosis, Brooks/Cole Publishing Co.
Meiosis, and Cytokinesis. 9. Heredity, Nucleic Acids, &
Biotechnology. 10. Evolutionary Agents. 11. Evidences New to support the Miller’s Environmental Science
of Evolution. 12. Taxonomy: Classifying and Naming texts, this lab manual includes both hands-on and data
Organisms. 13. Bacteria and Protists. 14. Fungi. 15. analysis labs to help students develop a range of skills.
Bryophytes and Seedless Vascular Plants. 16. Seed Create a custom version of this lab manual by adding
Plants I: Gymnosperms. 17. Seed Plants II: Angiosperms. labs that you have developed or choose from our
18. Sponges, Cnidarians, Flatworms, and Rotifers. collection with Cengage Custom Publishing.
19. Segmented Worms, Mollusks, Roundworms, and FEATURES
Joint-Legged Animals. 20. Echinoderms, Invertebrate
Chordates, and Vertebrates. 21. Plant and Animal • Includes both hands-on and data analysis labs and
Organization. 22. Dissection of the Fetal Pig. 23. Human activities to help students develop a wider range
Sensations, Reflexes, Reactions, and the Structure and of skills and gain greater insight on environmental
Function of Sensory Organs. 24. Human Skeletal and science.
Muscular Systems. 25. Human Blood, Circulation, and CONTENTS
Respiration. 26. Animal Development. 27. The Natural
Forward. Lab 1 Introduction to Experimental Design.
Arsenal: An Experimental Study of the Relationships
Lab 2 The Tragedy of the Commons - A Classroom
Between Plants and Animals. 28. Ecology: Living
Simulation Exercise. Lab 3 Population Growth. Lab 4
Organisms in Their Environment. 29. Human Impact on
Biomagnification Through a Food Chain. Lab 5 Food
the Environment: Stream and Pond Ecology. 30. Animal
Webs. Lab 6 A Comparison of Owl Pellets from Two
Behavior. Appendix 1: Measurement Conversions.
Regions. Lab 7 Community Ecology: Forest Plot Analysis.
Appendix 2: The Scientific Method. Appendix 3:
Lab 8 Allelopathy Lab. Lab 9 Butcher the Biomes. Lab
Scientific Writing and Critiquing. Appendix 4: Statistics
10 Does Land Use Affect Soil Texture and Permeability?
and Graphing with Excel. Appendix 5: Using Inquiry-
Lab 11 Soil Animals and Plant Decomposition. Lab
Based Module Reports. Appendix 6: Genetics Problems.
12 Colorimetric Determination of Free Chlorine in
Appendix 7: Terms of Orientation in and Around the
Drinking Water. Lab 13 Life in a Watershed. Lab 14
Animal Body.
Know Your Neighborhood. Lab 15 Oil Spill! Lab 16
© 2008, 720pp, Spiral, 9780495115052 Human Health Risk Assessment from Exposure to
Chemicals in Drinking Water. Lab 17 Use of a Portable
Sampler to Measure Total Suspended Particulates.

66
www.cengageasia.com
Lab 18 Alternative Transportation Fuels. Lab 19 Are
We Consuming our Biosphere? Lab 20 Applying and
Analyzing Cost-Benefit Analysis. Lab 21 Why is Your
Footprint so Big?
© 2009, 208pp, Paperback, 9780495560241,
Coming Soon!
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, 18E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
“Inspiring people to care about the planet.” In the new
edition of LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, authors
Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have partnered with
the National Geographic Society to develop a text
designed to equip students with the inspiration and
knowledge they need to make a difference solving
today’s environmental issues. Exclusive content
highlights important work of National Geographic
Explorers, and features over 200 new photos, maps, and
illustrations that bring course concepts to life. Using
sustainability as the integrating theme, LIVING IN THE
ENVIRONMENT 18e, provides clear introductions to
the multiple environmental problems that we face and
balanced discussions to evaluate potential solutions.
In addition to the integration of new and engaging
National Geographic content, every chapter has been
thoroughly updated and 18 new Core Case Studies offer
current examples of present environmental problems
and scenarios for potential solutions. The concept-
centered approach used in the text transforms complex
environmental topics and issues into key concepts that
students will understand and remember. Overall, by
framing the concepts with goals for more sustainable
lifestyles and human communities, students see how
promising the future can be and their important role
in shaping it. The MindTap online edition of LIVING
IN THE ENVIRONMENT offers additional exclusive
National Geographic content, including high-quality
www.cengageasia.com
videos on important environmental problems and
efforts being made to address them. Team up with
Miller/Spoolman’s, LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT and
the National Geographic Society to offer your students
the most inspiring introduction to environmental
science available!
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Co-authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman have
partnered with the National Geographic Society
to include exclusive content from the National
Geographic Society’s world-renowned photo and
map collections. Over new 200 photos, maps, and
illustrations provide students with the most visual
and inspiring introduction to environmental science
available.
• New Core Case Studies in 18 of the 25 chapters provide
in-depth examples of specific environmental problems
and scenarios for potential solutions, helping students
understand the concepts in the chapter and apply
them to a real-world situation.
• Individuals Matter boxes now include profiles of
National Geographic Explorers who are making
significant contributions to improving the
environment. These highly graphical sections
highlight efforts of researchers to improve the world’s
environment by applying unique science-based
solutions.
• Consider This boxes now include a new emphasis
on Campus Sustainability to focus attention on the
environmental efforts of students and professors at
specific institutions.
• At the end of every chapter a new feature called Global
Environment Watch Activities help students learn how
to use an extensive database of environmental articles
and other materials that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• Over 18 of the book’s 25 chapters have new “Core Case
Studies” that are threaded throughout each chapter.
67
 These case studies explore current and relevant
environmental topics and place them in the context
of sustainability for the student.
• “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new and
updated figures, new photos, and a new design that
reinforces and enhances learning.
CONTENTS
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, HIGH
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
SCHOOL LEVEL 4, 17E
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What © 2012, 896pp, Hardback, 9780538493833
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT,
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 17E
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18. G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
Air Pollution. 19. Climate Disruption and Ozone
Depletion. 20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous Sustainability is the integrating theme of this
Waste. 22. Sustainable Cities. PART VI: SUSTAINING current and thought-provoking book. LIVING IN THE
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment, ENVIRONMENT, 17e, International Edition provides the
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and basic scientific tools for understanding and thinking
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics, critically about the environment. Co-authors G. Tyler
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS. 1. Measurement Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire students to take a
Units. 2. Reading Graphs and Maps. 3. Environmental positive approach toward finding and implementing
History of the United States. 4. Some Basic Chemistry. useful environmental solutions in their own lives and
5. Weather Basics. 6. Maps and Map Analysis. 7. in their careers. Updated with the most up-to-date
Environmental Data and Data Analysis. information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
© 2015, 816pp, Hardback, 9781133940135
and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
centered approach transforms complex environmental
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember. Overall, by framing the
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the

68
www.cengageasia.com
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: Over half of the book’s 25 chapters have new
“Core Case Studies” that are threaded throughout
each chapter. These case studies explore current and
relevant environmental topics and place them in the
context of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new
and updated figures, new photos, and a new design
that reinforces and enhances learning.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• REAL DATA: Each chapter includes a quantitative Data
Analysis or Ecological Footprint Analysis exercise.
Data Analysis exercises include graphs and real-
life data that students refer to directly to answer
quantitative questions. Ecological Footprint Analysis
www.cengageasia.com
exercises focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18. Air
Pollution. 19. Climate Change and Ozone Depletion.
20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous Waste.
22. Citiesand Sustainability. PART VI: SUSTAINING
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment,
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics,
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS.
© 2012, 784pp, Paperback, 9780538735353
69

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER
Climate Change Printed Access Card
National Geographic Learning
CLIMATE CHANGE is a part of a ground-breaking
new series, the National Geographic Learning Reader
Series. This series brings learning to life by featuring
compelling images, media and text from National
Geographic. Through this engaging content, students
develop a clearer understanding of the world around
them. Published in a variety of subject areas, the
National Geographic Learning Reader Series connects
key topics to authentic examples and can be used
in conjunction with most standard texts or online
materials available for your courses. Access to a media
enhanced eBook is included with each reader. A hotly
debated and highly contentious subject, global climate
change has emerged as one of the most significant
threats and challenges of our time. The articles in
CLIMATE CHANGE provide a meaningful look at this
pressing scientific and social issue.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Biology and
Environmental Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
70
www.cengageasia.com
and bookmark.
• The articles cover many facets of the incredibly diverse
causes and impacts of climate change.
• This collection represents many perspectives, from
atmospheric science to the societies most affected,
and from the deep past to the not so distant future.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. 1. UNDER
THE SUN. Discussion Questions. Challenges and
Solutions. Social Implications 2. SAVING ENERGY: IT
STARTS AT HOME. Discussion Questions. Challenges
and Solutions. Social Implications. 3. VIKING WEATHER.
Discussion Questions. Challenges and Solutions. Social
Implications. 4. THE COMING STORM Discussion
Questions. Challenges and Solutions. Social Implications.
5. CAN CHINA GO GREEN? Discussion Questions.
Challenges and Solutions. Social Implications.
© 2013, 128pp, Paperback, 9781133935278
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
www.cengageasia.com
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672
SUSTAINING THE EARTH, 11E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
SUSTAINING THE EARTH provides the basic scientific
tools for understanding and thinking critically about the
environmental problems we face. About half the price
of other environmental science texts, this 14-chapter,
one-color core book offers an integrated approach
that emphasizes how environmental and resource
problems and solutions are related. The new edition of
SUSTAINING THE EARTH is fully updated with the latest
statistics and reports of important scientific studies.
New Connections boxes show surprising but important
connections between environmental problems and
aspects of daily life. In addition, new Thinking About
boxes help students apply the concepts of the book
to their own lives. Sustainability is the integrating
theme of this current and thought-provoking book.
The concept-centered approach transforms complex
environmental topics and issues into key concepts that
71
students will understand and remember. By framing the
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated with the latest statistics and reports of
important scientific studies, Expanded coverage on
topics such as ocean acidification, oil production in
the U.S., the warming of the world’s lakes, climate
change tipping points, the Great Pacific garbage
patch, how pollution prevention pays, the greening
of college campuses, and much more.
• NEW inclusion of three social science principles of
sustainability show students how to apply important
lessons from the social sciences to making our
societies and economies more sustainable.
• NEW brief Connections boxes show surprising but
important connections between environmental
problems and aspects of daily life.
• NEW brief Thinking About boxes help students to
make important connections on their own and to
apply the concepts of the book to their own lives.
• NEW Doing Environmental Science exercises at the
end of chapters help students to experience the work
of environmental scientists first-hand.
FEATURES
• Case Studies in every chapter provide an in-depth
look at specific environmental problems and their
possible solutions.
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
72
www.cengageasia.com
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Learning Skills. PART I: HUMANS AND
SUSTAINABILITY: AN OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental
Problems, Their Causes, and Sustainability. PART
II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL PRINCIPLES, AND
SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science, Matter, Energy, and
Ecosystems. 3. Biodiversity and Evolution. 4. Community
Ecology, Population Ecology, and the Human Population.
PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 5. Sustaining
Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 6. Sustaining
Biodiversity: The Ecosystem Approach. PART IV:
SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 7. Food Production
and the Environment. 8. Water Resources and Water
Pollution. 9. Nonrenewable Energy Resources. 10.
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. PART
V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 11.
Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 12. Air
Pollution, Climate Change, and Ozone Depletion. 13.
Urbanization and Solid and Hazardous Waste. PART
VI: SUSTAINING HUMAN SOCIETIES. 14. Economics,
Politics, Worldviews, and the Environment. Appendix:
Units of Measurement.
© 2015, 384pp, Paperback, 9781285769493
 Geography
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY, 2E
James Petersen, Texas State University, San Marcos; Dorothy Sack,
Ohio University; Robert E. Gabler, Western Illinois University
Cengage Learning’s FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY brings course concepts to life with
interactive learning, study, and exam preparation tools
along with market leading text content for introductory
physical geography courses. Adopt the resources that
enable your students to purchase the right solution to
meet their needs, whether it’s a traditional printed text,
all digital learning platform, or package that includes
the best of both worlds. With the recently updated
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY and
CourseMate’s interactive teaching and learning tools,
it’s never been easier to help students understand the
relationship between humans and physical geography,
and how one impacts the other.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW - CourseMate platform includes a suite of online
learning resources, including an interactive eBook,
animations to help students visualize,quizzes, videos,
flashcards, and more!
• A New box feature, Understanding Map Content,
enhances students’ abilities to read and interpret
information and relationships appearing on thematic
maps.
• A New box feature entitled Thinking Geographically
provides students with a map or photo and encourages
them to think critically about information learned in
the chapter.
FEATURES
• Fundamentals of Physical Geography encourages
www.cengageasia.com
students to view physical geography through the
lens of a spatial perspective, a physical science
perspective, and an environmental perspective.
• True to it’s first edition roots, this update provides
a concise yet complete introduction to the science
of geosystems, engaging students with its overall
theme of showcasing the “impact of earth on humans,
and humans on the earth,” especially appealing for
instructors interested in emphasizing sustainability
in their course.
• A strong visual presentation in art, maps, story
spreads, explanatory figures, and online resources
reinforces geography as the “spatial science,”
motivates students, and provides visual support to
concepts. Many photographs are accompanied by
location maps for spatial context.
• High interest coverage, such as recent issues,
problems, and disasters provide exciting content but
also strike a personal note to many readers. Issues
and problems make concepts real and show students
what can happen in their own backyards.
• Map interpretations aid in cartographic understanding
of the material. Google Earth activities teach
geographic exploration using popular digital mapping
software.
• Critical thinking questions, which follow most
captions, reinforce the emphasis on geography as a
science.
• FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
provides students with fascinating coverage of topics
such as feedback mechanisms, GIS/GPS systems, and
global climate change debate.
CONTENTS
1. Physical Geography: Earth Environments and Systems.
2. Representations of Earth. 3. Solar Energy and
Atmospheric Heating. 4. Atmospheric Pressure, Winds,
and Circulation Patterns. 5. Humidity, Condensation, and
Precipitation. 6. Air Masses and Weather Systems. 7.
Climate Classification: Tropical, Arid, and Mesothermal
Climate Regions. 8. Microthermal, Polar, and Highland
Climate Regions: Climate Change. 9. Biogeography
and Soils. 10. Earth Materials and Plate Tectonics. 11.
Volcanic and Tectonic Processes and Landforms. 12.
Weathering and Mass Wasting. 13. Water Resources and
Karst Landforms. 14. Fluvial Processes and Landforms.
15. Arid Region Landforms and Eolian Systems. 16.
Glacial Systems and Landforms. 17. Coastal Processes
73
and Landforms. Appendix A: SI Units. Appendix B:
Topographic Maps. Appendix C: The Koppen Climate
Classification System. Appendix D: The 12 Soil Orders of
the National Resource Conservation Service. Appendix
E: Understanding and Recognizing Some Common
Rocks.
© 2015, 544pp, Paperback, 9781133606536
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY, INTERNATIONAL EDITION
James Petersen, Texas State University, San Marcos; Dorothy Sack,
Ohio University; Robert E. Gabler, Western Illinois University
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY,
International Edition uses the combined expertise
of three respected geographers to show how Earth’s
physical geography impacts humans, and how humans
impact Earth’s physical geography. The text emphasizes
three essential themes to demonstrate the major roles
for the discipline—Geography from a Physical Science
perspective, Geography from a Spatial perspective, and
Geography from an Environmental perspective. With a
focus on examining relationships and processes among
Earth systems, this text helps students understand like
never before how the various systems interrelate and
how humans are an integral aspect of geography. The
human-environment relationship and the importance of
conservation are prevalent themes. This new title offers
thorough coverage of physical geography in a concise,
well-organized structure, making it feasible to cover
all topics in a one-semester course, and approachable
for all students, especially those who are new to the
concepts presented herein.
FEATURES
• The text provides a concise yet complete introduction
to the science of geosystems with strong thematic
74
www.cengageasia.com
integration. The authors drive an overall theme
of the “impact of earth on humans, and humans
on the earth.” This theme will resonate because
of the increasing emphasis on and popularity of
sustainability that is of interest to both professors
and students.
• A strong visual presentation in art, maps, story
spreads, explanatory figures, and online resources
reinforces geography as the “spatial science,”
motivates students, and provides visual support to
concepts. Many photographs are accompanied by
location maps for spatial context.
• High interest coverage, such as recent issues,
problems, and disasters provide exciting content but
also strike a personal note to many readers. Issues
and problems make concepts real and show students
what can happen in their own backyards.
• Map interpretations aid in cartographic understanding
of the material. Google Earth activities teach
geographic exploration using popular digital mapping
software.
• Critical thinking questions, which follow most
captions, reinforce the emphasis on geography as a
science.
• FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY
provides students with fascinating coverage of topics
such as feedback mechanisms, GIS/GPS systems, and
global climate change debate.
• The book is accompanied by a dynamic collection
of instructor and student resources, including the
PowerLecture DVD, which reinforces the book’s
outstanding art program. PowerLecture includes all
art and photos from book, in stepped and zoom form,
plus videos, active figures, blank maps, instructor’s
manual and test bank, as well as a guide to the Google
Earth activities from the book. The book is also
supplemented by Active Earth Collection resources
and ABC videos.
CONTENTS
1. Physical Geography: Earth Systems and Environments.
2. Representations of Earth. 3. Earth-Sun Relationships
and Energy Systems. 4. Atmosphere, Pressure, Winds,
and Circulation. 5. Humidity, Condensation, and
Precipitation. 6. Air Masses and Weather Systems. 7.
Climate Classification; Tropical, Arid, and Mesothermal
Climate Regions. 8. Microthermal, Polar, and Highland
Climate Regions; Climate Change. 9. Biography
and Soils. 10. Earth Materials and Plate Tectonics. 11.
Volcanism and Tectonism. 12. Weathering and Mass
Wasting. 13. Water Resources and Karst. 14. Stream
Systems. 15. Arid Region Landforms and Eolian Systems.
16. Glacial Systems. 17. Coastal Systems. Appendix A.
SI Unit Conversions. Appendix B. Maps and Imagery.
Appendix C. Climate Classification. Appendix D. Soils.
Appendix E. Common Rocks. Glossary. Index.
© 2011, 496pp, Paperback, 9780538736589
FUNDAMENTALS OF WORLD REGIONAL
GEOGRAPHY, INTERNATIONAL EDITION,
3E
Joseph J. Hobbs, University of Missouri, Columbia
Cengage Learning’s FUNDAMENTALS OF WORLD
REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY, 3E, International Edition
brings course concepts to life with interactive
learning, study, and exam preparation tools along with
comprehensive text content for one semester/quarter
courses. Adopt the resources that enable your students
to purchase the right solution to meet their needs,
whether it’s a traditional printed text, all digital learning
platform, or package that includes the best of both
worlds. With the recently updated FUNDAMENTALS
OF WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY, 3E, International
Edition and CourseMate’s interactive teaching and
learning tools, it’s never been easier to introduce
students to the eight world regions, including
the historical, cultural, economic, political, and
physical aspects that create regional unity, give them
personality, and make them newsworthy.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• UPDATED MAPS AND TABLES – all maps and tables
centered around topics such as estimated population,
estimated population density, area, per capita GNI
www.cengageasia.com
PPP, and the human development index reflect the
most recent information release in 2011.
• EXPANDED COVERAGE – new topics have been
addressed from a regional and global perspective,
including global food supplies and shortages,
pollution in China, the global recession, and the Arab
Spring.
• NEW “TRY IT” FEATURE – critical thinking box feature
that provides the reader with the opportunity to apply
a newly learned concept.
• NEW “A CLOSER LOOK” FEATURE – new box feature
that “digs down” on something that is familiar or part
of everyday or academic vocabulary but that deserves
closer examination.
• NEW “A DIFFERENT VIEWPOINT” FEATURE – new box
feature that challenges students to put themselves in
someone else’s shoes and see the world in a different
way; helps to shed light on different cultures.
FEATURES
• GEOGRAPHY OF boxes feature various focal points
of geography, delving into cultural specifics of each
region and bringing consistent attention to issues of
ethnicity, language, and religion. Some topics include,
Geography of Energy, Geography of Drug Trafficking,
Medical Geography, Geography of the Sacred, and
Geography of Terrorism.
• REGIONAL PERSPECTIVES illustrate the relevance of
geographic issues that work their influence across all
or part of a region.
• THEMATIC MAPS centered around topics like
language, religion, and ethnicity allow students to
quickly draw cultural and regional comparisons.
• PROBLEM LANDSCAPE boxes incorporate case
studies on land use, water rights, boundary disputes,
and other thematic conflicts to help students
understand how geographic issues underlie many of
the world’s most contentious problems. Topics include
Dirty Diamonds, the Troubled Fields of Land Reform,
and Chechnya.
CONTENTS
1. Objectives and Tools of World Regional Geography.
2. Physical Processes and World Regions. 3. Human
Processes and World Regions. 4. Europe. 5. Russia and
the Near Abroad. 6. The Middle East and North Africa. 7.
South and East Asia. 8. Oceania. 9. Sub-Saharan Africa.
10. Latin America. 11. The United States and Canada.
75
© 2013, 496pp, Paperback, 9781133113904
LAB MANUAL FOR PETERSEN/SACK/
GABLER’S FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY, 2ND, 2E
James Petersen, Texas State University, San Marcos; Dorothy Sack,
Ohio University; Robert E. Gabler, Western Illinois University
The lessons contained in the Lab Manual are designed to
build and heighten understanding of the text chapters.
Students can use these lessons to see how textbook
content can be applied to the everyday problems in
the world around them. Lab Manual lessons help build
valuable skills such as map reading, map and graph
interpretation, three-dimensional thinking, problem
solving, and predictive modeling.
© 2015, Paperback, 9781133933632
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
76
www.cengageasia.com
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
 well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 10E
James F. Petersen, Southwest Texas State University; Dorothy Sack,
Ohio University; Robert E. Gabler, Western Illinois University
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, 10e, International Edition
uses the combined expertise of three respected
geographers to show how Earth’s physical geography
impacts humans, and how humans impact Earth’s
physical geography. The text emphasizes three
essential themes to demonstrate the major roles for
the discipline — Geography as a Physical Science,
www.cengageasia.com
Geography as the Spatial Science, and Geography
as Environmental Science. With a renewed focus on
examining relationships and processes among Earth
systems, this text helps students understand like
never before how the various systems interrelate
and how humans are an integral aspect of geography.
Historically the first book to take a conservation
approach, the authors continue to emphasize the theme
of environmental and human impacts.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Each chapter now begins with a detailed table of
contents, so students can anticipate exactly what
they are about to learn (without having to refer to
the TOC at the beginning of the book), as well as
learning objectives. Learning objectives, popular in
many universities, provide clear, measurable goals
that students should be able to achieve.
• Locator maps have been added to many photographs.
These thumbnail maps provide the spatial context
for the landmark or phenomena captured by the
photograph, highlighting the spatial perspective and
teaching location geography.
• Google Earth Activities: Latitude/longitude
coordinates are now provided for many photographs,
which students can enter into Google Earth or some
other digital mapping application for an alternative
satellite view of the area shown in the photograph.
• On Your Own boxes: Appearing once per chapter,
these short, content-specific, “right-now” activities
are designed to engage the student and supplement
the overall text.
• CourseMate integration: Students are now directed
to CourseMate supplemental activities online for an
interactive study option.
FEATURES
• Each chapter begins with a detailed table of contents,
so students can anticipate exactly what they are about
to learn (without having to refer to the TOC at the
beginning of the book), as well as learning objectives.
Learning objectives, popular in many universities,
provide clear, measurable goals that students should
be able to achieve. (For example: A student who
completes this chapter should be able to “compare
and contrast the advantages and limitations of the
Thornthwaite and Köppen climate classification
systems.”
77
• The revised art program, including many new photos
and illustrations to increase clarity and enhance
student understanding, is evident throughout
this new edition of PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, 10e,
International Edition.
• All figures and photographs are accompanied by
a thought-provoking question that engages the
student and underscores the content’s relevance in
the student’s life.
• Locator maps have been added to many photographs.
These thumbnail maps provide the spatial context
for the landmark or phenomena captured by the
photograph, highlighting the spatial perspective and
teaching location geography.
• Latitude/longitude coordinates are provided for many
photographs, which students can enter into Google
Earth or some other digital mapping application for
an alternative satellite view of the area shown in the
photograph.
CONTENTS
1. Physical Geography: Earth Environments and Systems.
2. Representations of Earth. 3. Earth-Sun Relationships
and Solar Energy. 4. The Atmosphere, Temperature, and
the Heat Budget. 5. Atmospheric Pressure, Winds, and
Circulation Patterns. 6. Moisture, Condensation, and
Precipitation. 7. Air Masses and Weather Systems. 8.
Global Climates and Climate Change. 9. Low-Latitude
and Arid Climate Regions. 10. Middle-Latitude, Polar,
and Highland Climatic Regions. 11. Biogeography. 12.
Soils and Soil Development. 13. Earth Structure, Earth
Materials, and Plate Tectonics. 14. Volcanic and Tectonic
Processes and Landforms. 15. Weathering and Mass
Wasting. 16. Underground Water and Karst Landforms.
17. Fluvial Processes and Landforms. 18. Arid Region and
Eolian Processes and Landforms. 19. Glacial Systems
and Landforms. 20. Coastal Processes and Landforms.
Appendix A: SI Units and Unit Conversions. Appendix
B: Topographic Maps. Appendix C: Understanding and
Recognizing Some Common Rocks.
© 2012, 672pp, Paperback, 9781111428136
78
www.cengageasia.com
STUDY GUIDE FOR HOBBS/SALTERS’
WORLD REGIONAL GEOLOGY, 6TH, 6E
James Lett, Indian River College
This affordable workbook is concerned with more than
just a student’s ability for describing and memorizing
countries and capitals. It focuses on a student’s ability
to identify and connect places not only by location but
also by history, economics, and politics. The goal of this
course book is to help students acquire a fundamental
familiarity with the planet earth. This is a one-stop-shop
for students to gain the key textual information from
the core text and the hands-on activities and questions
needed to fully understand and retain the learned
information. Study questions and student activities are
found throughout the text.
FEATURES
• Practice maps for identifying geographical and
topographical terms.
• Six essentials facts are listed for every major place-
name location. These include population, language,
area, capital, economy, and sovereignty.
• Maps and information about specific capes, peninsulas,
islands, and bodies of water.
• List of important, common geographic terms with a
pronunciation guide.
• Visual index of world regions.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Objectives and Tools of World Regional
Geography. Chapter 2: Physical Processes that Shape
World Regions. Chapter 3: Human Processes that
Shape World Regions. Chapter 4: A Geographic Profile
of Europe. Module 4.1: The European Core. Module
4.2: The European Periphery. Chapter 5: A Geographic
Profile of Russia and the Near Abroad. Module 5.1:
Fragmentation and Redevelopment in Russia and the
Near Abroad. Chapter 6: A Geographic Profile of the
Middle East and North Africa. Module 6.1: The Middle
East and North Africa: Modern Struggles in an Ancient
Land. Chapter 7: A Geographic Profile of Monsoon Asia.
Module 7.1: Complex and Populous South Asia. Module
7.2: Southeast Asia: From Subsistence Farming to
Semiconductors. Module 7.3: China: The Giant. Module
7.4: Japan and the Koreas: Adversity and Prosperity in
the Western Pacific. Chapter 8: A Geographic Profile
of Oceania. Module 8.1: Australia and New Zealand:
Prosperous and No Longer So Remote. Chapter 9: A
Geographic Profile of Sub-Saharan Africa. Module 9.1:
The Assets and Afflictions of the Sub-Saharan Countries.
Chapter 10: A Geographic Profile of Latin America.
Module 10.1: Middle America: Land of the Shaking Earth.
Module 10.2: South America: Stirring Giant. Chapter 11:
A Geographic Profile of the United States and Canada.
Module 11.1: Canada: From Sea to Sea. Module 11.2: The
United States: Out of Many, One.
© 2009, 351pp, Paperback, 9780495391012,
WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 6E
Joseph J. Hobbs, University of Missouri, Columbia
Cooperation and conflict, resource abundance and
scarcity, poverty and prosperity, floods and droughts-
-all play roles in transforming the Earth’s surface. This
insightful text presents world regional geography
as a way to comprehend the world’s connections
and continuous interplay between features of place,
populations, resources, cultures, and political systems.
Retaining its balanced cultural and physical geographic
perspectives on the world’s eight regions, the sixth
edition includes new illustrations, examples, and cross-
references to show students how human activities and
www.cengageasia.com
natural processes reshape places and landscapes. From
current information on the geographies of energy and
terrorism to the repercussions of China’s booming
economy, WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY, 6e
International Edition, presents a meaningful context to
help students grasp the geographic issues underlying
today’s headlines. The result? Students develop their
own deeper understanding of how the world works--
and what can happen when natural events or human
decisions make things go wrong.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A new modular organization makes the text more
flexible than ever, ideal for both one and two-term
courses and for customization.
• More than 30 new maps and 100 revised maps facilitate
cultural and regional comparisons. Cartographer
Andrew Dolan collaborated with the author to ensure
that the maps work with text discussions to present
information cartographically and to convey spatial
relationships effectively. Maps are also available
electronically in an animated, interactive format
through the Earth Science Resource Center.
• New content includes more geopolitical and economic
material, for instance: China’s growing appetite for raw
materials and its increasing political clout, and how
these factors play out in every world region; Russia’s
new confidence at home and abroad, built in part on
surging oil wealth; and critical treatment of the Middle
East, providing students with an understanding of the
issues and implications of conflict there (related to
hydropolitics as well as hydrocarbons).
• Expanded discussion of the importance of physical
geography in world affairs includes more coverage
on marine and fresh water, tectonic processes, and
human-environment interaction.
FEATURES
• An extensive, easy-to-use system of cross-references
helps students see how the diverse strands of human
experience fit together. Appearing in the margins,
page references to related material integrate the
physical and human geographies of the world around
common themes and issues. For instance, where
subsidies to U.S. cotton farmers are described, there
are cross-references to the effects on farmers in Africa
and elsewhere. The cross-references illustrate how
globalization works, and save professors and students
79
 time using the index or their own memory to make
connections.
• A “Perspectives from the Field” essay in several of
the regional profile chapters, written by the author,
offers students a chance to share the experiences
of field geographers as they work in different
cultural environments. Topics include “Wayfinding
in the Middle Eastern Desert” and “Aborigines and
Missionaries in Northwestern Australia.”
• “Regional Perspectives” after many chapters illustrate
the relevance of geographic issues that influence all or
part of a region. Topics include “Race for the Arctic,”
“Europe’s Immigration Issues,” and “Foreign Militaries
in the Pacific.”
• “Problem Landscapes” incorporate case studies on
such conflicts as land use, water rights, and boundary
disputes to help students understand how geographic
issues underlie many of the world’s contentious
problems. Topics include overfished oceans of the
world, resources contested between Israelis and
Palestinians, and the politics of the disputed Kashmir
region.
• Clearly outlined chapter objectives emphasize more
thematic discussions in the subregional modules as
well as highlighted textual discussions. The author ties
in relevant historical geography to provide a context
for current events and geopolitical issues.
CONTENTS
1. Objectives and Tools of World Regional Geography.
2. Physical Processes that Shape the World. 3. Human
Processes that Shape World Regions. 4. A Geographic
Profile of Europe. Module 4.1: The European Core.
Module 4.2: The European Periphery. 5. A Geographic
Profile of Russia and the Near Abroad. Module 5.1:
Fragmentation and Redevelopment in Russia and the
Near Abroad. 6. A Geographic Profile of the Middle
East and North Africa. Module 6.1: The Middle East
and North Africa: Modern Struggles in an Ancient
Land. 7. A Geographic Profile of Monsoon Asia.
Module 7.1: Complex and Populous South Asia. Module
7.2: Southeast Asia: From Subsistence Farming to
Semiconductors. Module 7.3: China: The Giant. Module
7.4: Japan and the Koreas: Adversity and Prosperity
in the Western Pacific. 8. A Geographic Profile of the
Pacific World. Module 8.1: Australia and New Zealand:
Prosperous and No Longer So Remote. 9. A Geographic
Profile of Sub-Saharan Africa. Module 9.1: The Assets and
80
www.cengageasia.com
Afflictions of Sub-Saharan Countries. 10. A Geographic
Profile of Latin America. Module 10.1: Middle America:
Land of the Shaking Earth. Module 10.2: South America:
Stirring Giant. 11. A Geographic Profile of the United
States and Canada. Module 11.1: Canada: From Sea to
Sea. Module 11.2: The United States: Out of Many, One.
© 2009, 752pp, Paperback, 9780495553946
Geology
EARTH (WITH COURSEMATE PRINTED
ACCESS CARD), 2E
Mark Hendrix; Graham R. Thompson, University of Montana
Created through a “student-tested, faculty-approved”
review process involving nearly 70 students and faculty,
EARTH is an engaging and accessible solution to
accommodate the diverse lifestyles of today’s learners
at a value-based price. The 2nd edition of EARTH has
been thoroughly revised by Marc S. Hendrix of the
University of Montana to ensure that it is even more
student-friendly and accessible than its predecessor.
Over 75 new photos and 50 reworked illustrations offer
an enhanced visual learning experience for a subject
that is visual by its nature. New “Digging Deeper”
boxes offer students a more in-depth look at topics
currently in the news, such as hydraulic fracturing in the
production of oil and gas, or of general cultural interest,
such as recent discovery of rich diamond reserves in
northern Canada. EARTH presents a rich overview of
all Earth-related disciplines-from geology, hydrology,
and oceanography to meteorology, climate change,
and astronomy. EARTH explores the physical attributes
of planet Earth and its environment, emphasizing
the human choices we have made, and exploring the
physical consequences of those choices in the context
of Earth systems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New “Digging Deeper” boxes offer students a more
in-depth look at topics currently in the news, such as
hydraulic fracturing in the production of oil and gas,
or of general cultural interest, such as recent discovery
of rich diamond reserves in northern Canada.
• Over 75 new photos and 50 reworked illustrations
offer an enhanced visual learning experience for a
subject that is visual by its nature.
FEATURES
• Every 4LTR Press solution comes complete with an
engaging print textbook, tear-out review cards, an
interactive digital solution(CourseMate), and an
eBook all of which were directly influenced from
student focus groups and surveys, and from interviews
with faculty and students.
• Shorter, comprehensive chapters in a modern design
present content in a more engaging and accessible
format without minimizing coverage for your course.
• Tear-Out Review Cards at the back of the Student
Editions provide students a portable study tool
containing all of the pertinent information for class
preparation.
• Instructor Prep Cards at the back of the Instructor’s
Edition make preparation simple with detachable
cards for each chapter, offering a quick map of chapter
content, a list of corresponding PowerPoint and
video resources, additional examples, and suggested
assignments and discussion questions to help you
organize chapter content efficiently.
• Every 4LTR Press solution comes with CourseMate,
the interactive digital component that offers a full
suite of unique learning tools that appeal to different
learning styles. Quizzes, audio downloads,videos, and
more are only a click away.
• All of the content and resources you expect with a
supplements package that is second to none.
CONTENTS
1. Earth Systems. Unit I: EARTH MATERIALS AND TIME.
2. Minerals. 3. Rocks. 4. Geologic Time: A Story in
the Rocks. 5. Geologic Resources. Unit II: INTERNAL
PROCESSES. 6. The Active Earth: Plate Tectonics. 7.
Earthquakes and the Earth’s Structure. 8. Volcanoes and
Plutons. 9. Mountains. Unit III: SURFACE PROCESSES.
www.cengageasia.com
10. Weathering, Soil, and Erosion. 11. Fresh Water:
Streams, Lakes, Ground Water, and Wetlands. 12. Water
Resources. 13. Glaciers and Ice Ages. 14. Deserts and
Wind. Unit IV: THE OCEANS. 15. Ocean Basins. 16.
Oceans and Coastlines. Unit V: THE ATMOSPHERE.
17. The Atmosphere. 18. Energy Balance in the
Atmosphere. 19. Moisture, Clouds, and Weather. 20.
Climate. 21. Climate Change. (ONLINE ONLY) Unit
VI: ASTRONOMY. (ONLINE ONLY) 22. Motions in the
Heavens. (ONLINE ONLY) 23. Planets and their Moons.
(ONLINE ONLY) 24. Stars, Space, and Galaxies.
© 2015, 480pp, Paperback, 9781285442266
EARTH LAB, 3E
Exploring the Earth Sciences, International Edition
Claudia Owen, University of Oregon; Diane Pirie, Florida
International University; Grenville Draper, Florida International
University
Utilizing graphs and simple calculations, this clearly
written lab manual complements the study of earth
science or physical geology. Engaging activities are
designed to help students develop data-gathering
skills (e.g., mineral and rock identification) and data-
analysis skills. Students will learn how to understand
aerial and satellite images; to perceive the importance
of stratigraphic columns, geologic sections, and seismic
waves; and more.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The third edition includes basic coverage of all
concepts needed to teach any introductory earth
science laboratory. Concepts are presented in a user
friendly format and allowing for each instructor’s
individual style and approach.
• Definitions and carefully selected flow charts,
diagrams, maps, and photos have all been updated
81
 and refined to aid student comprehension.
• Clear, concise but attractive tables and rock
identification mazes demonstrating the scientific
method through student use as an accompaniment
to easily followed instructions for exercises.
• Upgraded and new art in this edition coupled with a
more compact approach to topics results in a briefer,
more useful manual that remains engaging to the
student.
• vIncorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Incorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Practical renovation of chapter layout, organization,
and planning over past editions resulting in a more
pragmatic but pleasing approach to chapter content.
FEATURES
• For each lab, the wide selection of activities provides
instructors with more than enough options to design
their own labs based on their own particular resources
and preferences.
• With the help of an extensive visual imagery, in
conjunction with helpful and innovative identification
mazes, students learn to identify a variety of minerals
and rocks. Beyond this students are encouraged to
grasp as much as possible about the story told by a
rock.
• The book covers traditional skills expected in
introductory geology lab books, but also includes
many simple innovative hands-on activities that
enhance learning and get students involved.
CONTENTS
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION. 1. Introduction to
Plates and Maps. SECTION 2: EARTH MATERIALS
AND RESOURCES. 2. Minerals. 3. Igneous Rocks. 4.
Sedimentary Rocks. 5. Metamorphic Rocks. SECTION
3: MAPS AND TIME. 6. Topographic Maps. 7. Geologic
Time and History. 8. Geologic Maps and Structures.
SECTION 4: EARTH’S DYNAMIC INTERIOR. 9. Plate
Tectonics. 10. Earthquakes and Seismology. SECTION 5:
EARTH’S SURFACE. 11. Landslides and Mass Movements.
12. Streams and Rivers. 13. Groundwater and Karst
Topography 14. Oceans and Shorelines SECTION
6: WEATHER, CLIMATE, AND THEIR EFFECTS. 15.
82
www.cengageasia.com
Atmosphere, Climate, and Climate Change. 16. Weather.
17. Glaciers and Glaciation. 18. Deserts and Arid
Landscapes. APPENDIX. GLOSSARY.
© 2011, 480pp, Paperback, 9780538737012
ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICAL GEOLOGY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 5E
Reed Wicander, Central Michigan University; James S. Monroe,
Central Michigan University, Emeritus
ESSENTIALS OF GEOLOGY, 5e International Edition,
is a shorter, “less is more” version of Monroe and
Wicander’s PHYSICAL GEOLOGY text. In the same
tradition, the authors present the material in a clear,
consistent voice, appropriately focusing on the core
concepts of physical geology, with an emphasis on
plate tectonics and the dynamic nature of Earth. The
engaging examples and images throughout the text
enhance students’ understanding and appreciation of
physical geology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The fifth edition covers only physical geology and
the geologic time scale; it no longer contains the
two historical geology chapters found in the previous
edition. This change makes this edition more focused
and cohesive. New Geo-Focus, Geo-inSight, and What
Would You Do? boxes emphasize the importance of
geology in today’s world.
• Recognizing geology as an especially visual science,
the art program has been completely updated, with
new photographs that help students identify geologic
features of the world around them, and new diagrams
and maps that illustrate the concepts taught in the
text. Furthermore, the captions have been redesigned
to improved readability.
• The two-page concept art spreads are now called Geo-

inSight, and many are new to this edition. This feature
presents an array of relevant photographs along with
in-depth captions that illuminate a specific geological
landform, collection, or event. Geo-inSights improve
understanding by encouraging students to analyze
and synthesize information visually.
• New review questions are designed to reinforce the
chapter material and challenge students to recall
information and use critical-thinking skills to analyze
and apply what they have learned.
FEATURES
• Integration of economic and environmental geology
throughout the text clearly draws the connection
between the relevant aspects of the course to
students’ lives and future careers.
• Geo-Focus boxes highlight current geologic research
and events. New topics include “Welcome to the
Wonderful World of Minerals,” “The Bronze Age
Eruption of Santorini,” “Paleoseismology,” “Southern
California Landslides,” “Windmills and Wind Power,”
and “Denver’s Weather--280 Million Years Ago.”
• What Would You Do? boxes train students to use
knowledge gained from the book to make wise
decisions about practical matters, such as where to
put a water well or, as a member of a local planning
commission, to determine what kind of zoning
regulations and building codes are needed. This
feature reflects the authors’ emphasis on encouraging
students to become informed citizens.
• Chapter summary and review questions presented in
chapter-ending Geo-Recap sections emphasize critical
thinking and analytical skills.
CONTENTS
BRIEF TABLE OF CONTENTS: 1. Understanding Earth:
An Introduction to Physical Geology. 2. Plate Tectonics:
A Unifying Theory. 3. Minerals: The Building Blocks
of Rocks. 4. Igneous Rocks and Intrusive Igneous
Activity. 5. Volcanism and Volcanoes. 6. Weathering,
Erosion, and Soil. 7. Sediment and Sedimentary Rock. 8.
Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rocks. 9. Earthquakes
and Earths Interior. 10. Deformation and Mountain
Building. 11. Mass Wasting. 12. Running Water. 13.
Groundwater. 14. Glaciers and Glaciation. 15. The Work
of Wind and Deserts. 16. The Seafloor, Shorelines, and
Shoreline Processes. 17. Geologic Time: Concepts and
Principles.
www.cengageasia.com
© 2009, 528pp, Paperback, 9780495555087
GEOL (WITH EARTH SCIENCE
COURSEMATE WITH EBOOK PRINTED
ACCESS CARD), 2E
Reed Wicander, Central Michigan University; James S. Monroe,
Central Michigan University, Emeritus
Bring geology to life—for science and non-science
majors alike—with GEOL, Second Edition. GEOL is an
engaging and accessible solution, developed through
a “student tested, faculty approved” review process to
accommodate the diverse lifestyles of today’s learners at
a value-based price. This streamlined yet comprehensive
text includes integrated Virtual Field Trips focused on
the core concepts of physical geology, including strong
coverage of systems and plate tectonics, and devotes
three chapters to historical geology, giving students a
complete overview of all facets of introductory geology.
The reader-friendly, visually striking design engages
students, and accompanying online videos, animations,
and other learning tools help students appreciate the
importance of physical geology and its relevance to
their everyday lives. Go to www.cengagelearning.com/
community/earthscience and click on “Virtual Field
Trips in Geology” for features and benefits, available
modules, and a short video demo.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• UPDATED ART PROGRAM: New figures and photos
help convey geologic processes through new
examples and images from recent geologic events.
• UPDATED SECTIONS: Chapter 1’s “Doppler Effect”
and “Solar Nebula Theory” sections have been
rewritten to provide greater clarity to students,
and “Global Geologic and Environmental Issues
Facing Humankind” was rewritten to capitalize on
its inherent relevance and interest to students.
83
 Chapter 2’s “Introduction” reflects new disasters
of 2010-2011 and “Driving Mechanism” includes
updated and clarified information and new figures;
Chapter 4’s section on “Compositional Changes in
Magma,” Chapter 5’s “Introduction” and “Lava Flows;”
Chapter 6’s Environments of Deposition;” Chapter 8’s
“Tsunami” now reflects the recent Japanese tsunami
and “Earthquake Control” includes new information
and processes. Chapter 11’s “Can Floods be Controlled
and Predicted;” Chapter 13’s Deposits of Glaciers,”
These rewritten sections provide the most up-to-date
information available in the field.
• NEW INFORMATION: Chapter 2 includes a new
section, “Features of the Seafloor,” which will help tie
together information presented earlier in the chapter;
and the “Petroleum” section includes information and
more explanation to material presented earlier in the
chapter. Chapter 6 includes an all-new section on
“Soils” and a new “Introduction” to the sedimentary
rocks section of the chapter. These new sections
provide more in-depth information and provide more
explanation. Chapter 8 includes a new “Introduction”
which references recent earthquakes in 20110-
2011. Chapter 11 includes a new “Introduction” and
information on recent floods to provide more relevant
examples to aid in students’ understanding. Chapter
13 includes a new “Introduction” to better set up
the content that follows. Chapter 15 includes a new
“Introduction” to reflect the new information about
the seafloor and new sections entitled “Seawater,
Oceanic Circulation, and Seafloor Sediments” and
“Resources from the Oceans.”
• ELIMINATED PREVIOUS EDITION CHAPTER 9: The
First Edition’s Chapter 9, “The Seafloor,” has been
eliminated and its content incorporated in part into
Chapter 2’s coverage of “Plate Tectonics” and into
Chapter 15 on “Oceans, Shorelines, and Shoreline
Processes.” This new division places the information
in the most appropriate place for students to fully
understand these concepts—and streamlines the
number of chapters a professor has to teach in a
semester. Additionally, Chapter 15 has been greatly
rewritten and reorganized to present information in
a more logical and effective manner.
FEATURES
• Robust Teaching and Learning Tools. A full suite
of unique online learning tools—including Virtual
84
www.cengageasia.com
Field Trip modules, videos, animations, flashcards,
quizzes, and more—appeals to different learning
styles and offers your students a variety of ways to
study. For you, GEOL 2E provides all of the content
and resources you expect in a text, supported by
a supplements package that is second to none,
including PowerLecture, ExamView®, and a premium
Companion Website.
• Virtual Field Trips in Geology. The concept-based
modules of Virtual Field Trips teach students geology
by using famous US locations, including Grand
Canyon, Arches, and Hawaii Volcanoes National Parks.
Designed to be used as homework assignments or
lab work, the modules use a rich array of multimedia
to demonstrate concepts. High-definition videos,
images, animations, quizzes, and Google Earth
activities work together in Virtual Field Trips to bring
the concepts to life.
• Shorter, comprehensive chapters in a modern
magazine-like design present content in a more
engaging and accessible format without minimizing
coverage for your course.
• Chapter In Review cards at the back of the Student
Editions provide students with a portable study tool
containing all of the pertinent information for class
preparation.
• Integration of economic and environmental geology
throughout the text clearly draws connections to
these topics and illustrates the relevance of course
content and concepts to students’ daily lives and
future careers.
CONTENTS
1. Understanding Earth: A Dynamic and Evolving Planet.
2. Plate Tectonics: A Unifying Theory. 3. Minerals:
The Building Blocks of Rocks. 4. Igneous Rocks and
Intrusive Igneous Activity. 5. Volcanoes and Volcanism.
6. Weathering, Soil, and Sedimentary Rocks. 7.
Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rocks. 8. Earthquakes
and Earth’s Interior. 9. Deformation, Mountain Building,
and the Continents. 10. Mass Wasting. 11. Running Water.
12. Groundwater. 13. Glaciers and Glaciation. 14. The
Work of Wind and Deserts. 15. Shorelines and Shoreline
Processes. 16. Geologic Time: Concepts and Principles.
17. Earth History. 18. Life History.
© 2013, 432pp, Paperback, 9781133108696

GEOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 7E
Bernard W. Pipkin, University of Southern California; Dee D. Trent,
Citrus College; Richard Hazlett, Pomona College; Paul Bierman,
University of Vermont
C e n g a g e L e a r n i n g ’s G E O LO G Y A N D T H E
ENVIRONMENT, 7e, International Edition in partnership
with the National Geographic Society brings course
concepts to life with interactive learning, study, and
exam preparation tools along with market leading
text content for introductory geology courses. Adopt
the resources that enable your students to purchase
the right solution to meet their needs, whether it’s a
traditional printed text, all digital learning platform, or
package that includes the best of both worlds. With the
recently updated GEOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT,
7e, International Edition and CourseMate’s interactive
teaching and learning tools, it’s never been easier to
help students explore the relationship between humans
and the geologic hazards, processes, and resources that
surround us.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Over 200 exciting new visual learning opportunities.
The photo and art program has been extensively
updated to facilitate student understanding and
appreciation of the powerful impacts of geological
phenomena. Over 200 new and impactful photos
and maps, available exclusively from the National
Geographic Society, help students develop an
appreciation for the immense power and beauty
of geologic phenomena. A newly formatted Photo
Gallery section at the end of each chapter helps
summarize chapter content.
• Two new features help students appreciate the
excitement of scientific inquiry and the possibilities for
making a difference in environmental geology. Many
www.cengageasia.com
chapters feature vignettes describing the research,
conservation, and urban planning efforts of National
Geographic Explorers who are making significant
contributions to important topics in environmental
geology. In addition, a section at the beginning of
each chapter called CourseMate Connection offers
students active learning opportunities such as
listening to podcasts or watching videos related to
chapter content, encouraging students to get actively
engaged in the topic of the chapter.
• Updated Coverage of Global Warming and Climate
Change. The new edition continues to emphasize
Global Warming and Climate Change. Chapter 2, The
Earth System and Climate Change gives students the
background needed to think critically about Climate
Change and then relate it to other topics introduced
throughout the text. Nine Case Studies in the text
deal with Global Warming and Climate Change topics.
Chapter 11, Glaciation and Long-Term Climate Change
provides a thoroughly updated and in-depth analysis
of current climate change research.
FEATURES
• Case Studies dealing with issues of climate change
and global warming are implemented in 9 of the 15
Chapters in the text.
• Chapter 11, Glaciation and Long Term Climate Change
has been updated to include the latest data and
information. Loss of Glacier ice as an indicator and
cause of other Global Warming issues is also discussed
more prominently.
• Pedagogical Features Encourage Student Involvement
and Critical Thinking about Geology and the
Environment.
• Motivating Questions on Chapter Openers: Questions
entitled “Have You Ever Wondered?” appear on newly
designed chapter openers. Five questions introduce
and motivate students to explore the chapter.
• Questions to Ponder: Critical Thinking style questions
called Questions to Ponder are included on Chapter
Opener Introductions and on selected Case Studies.
Questions to Ponder help students develop critical
thinking skills and apply scientific method while
analyzing topics of social and environmental
importance.
• CONSIDER THIS interaction questions in each chapter
appear within the narrative, encouraging student to
hone their critical-thinking skills.
85
• Praised by students and instructors for their
conceptual emphasis, Pipkin/Trent/Hazlett’s end-
of-chapter SUMMARIES are organized around the
chapter outline to provide a concise review.
CONTENTS
1. Humans, Geology, and the Environment. 2. The
Earth System and Climate Change. 3. The Solid Earth.
4. Earthquakes and Human Activities. 5. Volcanoes. 6.
Weathering, Soils, and Erosion. 7. Mass Wasting and
Subsidence. 8. Freshwater Resources. 9. Hydrologic
Hazards at the Earth’s Surface. 10. Coastal Environments
and Humans. 11. Glaciation and Long-Term Climate
Change. 12. Arid Lands, Winds, and Desertification.
13. Mineral Resources and Society. 14. Energy and the
Environment. 15. Waste Management and Geology.
© 2014, 656pp, Paperback, 9781133958208
GEOLOGY RESOURCE CENTER
Brooks/Cole
© 2009, 1pp, NonBook-Disk, 9780495828457
86
www.cengageasia.com
HISTORICAL GEOLOGY, INTERNATIONAL
EDITION, 7E
Reed Wicander, Central Michigan University; James S. Monroe,
Central Michigan University, Emeritus
Cengage Learning’s HISTORICAL GEOLOGY, 7E,
International Edition brings course concepts to life with
interactive learning, study, and exam preparation tools
along with comprehensive text content for historical
geology courses. Adopt the resources that enable your
students to purchase the right solution to meet their
needs, whether it’s a traditional printed text, all digital
learning platform, or package that includes the best of
both worlds. With the recently updated HISTORICAL
GEOLOGY, 7E, International Edition and CourseMate’s
interactive teaching and learning tools, it’s never been
easier to introduce students to the geological and
biological history of Earth and the underlying principles
and processes that have shaped our planet.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Revised PERSPECTIVE BOXES - Found in each
chapter, these boxes present a brief discussion of an
interesting aspect of historical geology or geological
research.
• Climate change coverage is now integrated throughout
the book.
FEATURES
• Balanced overview of the geological and biological
history of Earth as a continuum of interrelated events
that reflect the underlying principles and processes
that have shaped our planet.
• Coverage includes basic geologic principles as well
as how scientists apply these principles to unravel
Earth’s history.
• Three major themes – time, evolutionary theory, and
plate tectonics – are woven together throughout
 the book to help students link essential material and
enhance their understanding of historical geology.
• Several misconceptions in the field of geology are
discussed including the theory of evolution, the
evidence for evolution, and how the fossil record
provides evidence for evolution.
CONTENTS
1. The Dynamic and Evolving Earth. 2. Minerals and
Rocks. 3. Plate Tectonics: A Unifying Theory. 4. Geologic
Time: Concepts and Principles. 5. Rocks, Fossils,
and Time--Making Sense of the Geologic Record. 6.
Sedimentary Rocks--The Archives of Earth History. 7.
Evolution--The Theory and Its Supporting Evidence. 8.
Precambrian Earth and Life History--The Archean Eon.
9. Precambrian Earth and Life History--The Proterozoic
Eon. 10. Early Paleozoic Earth History. 11. Late Paleozoic
Earth History. 12. Paleozoic Life History: Invertebrates.
13. Paleozoic Life History: Vertebrates and Plants. 14.
Mesozoic Earth History. 15. Life of the Mesozoic Era. 16.
Cenozoic Earth History: The Paleogene and Neogene.
17. Cenozoic Geologic History: The Pleistocene and
Holocene Epochs. 18. Life of the Cenozoic Era. 19.
Primate and Human Evolution. Epilogue. Appendix A:
Metric Conversion Chart. Appendix B: Classification of
Organisms. Appendix C: Mineral Identification.
© 2013, 448pp, Paperback, 9781111987312
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
www.cengageasia.com
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
87
 well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672
THE CHANGING EARTH, 6E
Exploring Geology and Evolution, International Edition
James S. Monroe, Central Michigan University, Emeritus; Reed
Wicander, Central Michigan University
THE CHANGING EARTH: EXPLORING GEOLOGY AND
EVOLUTION, 6e, International Edition is a member of
a rare breed of texts written specifically for courses
covering both physical and historical geology—but it
also stands apart by other measures. Three interrelated
themes (plate tectonics, organic evolution, and geologic
time) help students understand that Earth is a complex,
88
www.cengageasia.com
integrated, and continually changing system. Lauded
for its consistent and clear writing style, the text is also
noted for stunning visuals (updated in this edition)
and real-life examples that draw students into the
material. The authors go beyond simply explaining
geology and its processes; rather, they place that
knowledge within the context of human experience
by consistently emphasizing relevance, resources, and
the environment.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New “Have You Ever Wondered?” Questions at the
Beginning of Each Chapter: Intriguing questions catch
students’ attention and motivate them to read the
chapter and find the answers.
• Connections Boxes Help Students See the Big Picture:
By viewing Earth as a system, students can see how
its various components are interconnected and also
appreciate its complex and dynamic nature. In the
new edition, these inter-relationships are facilitated
by Connections Boxes, a small box referring the reader
to other locations in the text where more information
can be found and connections made on important
topics.
• Geo-Images Challenge Students to Develop Strong
Observational and Critical Thinking Skills: At the end
of most chapters, a photo or graphic is presented
that challenges students to describe the geologic
processes being depicted and to support their
conclusions with logical reasoning.
• Additional Critical Thinking Questions Added to
Many Figures: Selected figures within the text are
now accompanied by a critical thinking question to
encourage active student learning, guide student
observational skill development, and deepen
understanding of geologic processes.
• Coverage of Seafloor Spreading Now Fully Included
and Integrated in Chapter 2 on Plate Tectonics: At
the suggestion of reviewers, the coverage of seafloor
spreading has been moved into Chapter 2 on Plate
Tectonics to give students more background for
understanding the processes involved with plate
movements.
• Global Geoscience Watch: Updated several times
a day, the Global Geoscience Watch is a focused
portal into GREENR – our Global Reference on the
Environment, Energy, and Natural Resources – an
ideal one-stop site for classroom discussion and
 research projects for all things geoscience! Broken
into the four key course areas (Geography, Geology,
Meteorology, and Oceanography), you can easily get
to the most relevant content available for your course.
You and your students will have access to the latest
information from trusted academic journals, news
outlets, and magazines. You also will receive access
to statistics, primary sources, case studies, podcasts,
and much more!
FEATURES
• Global Geoscience Watch: Updated several times
a day, the Global Geoscience Watch is a focused
portal into GREENR – our Global Reference on the
Environment, Energy, and Natural Resources – an
ideal one-stop site for classroom discussion and
research projects for all things geoscience! Broken
into the four key course areas (Geography, Geology,
Meteorology, and Oceanography), you can easily get
to the most relevant content available for your course.
You and your students will have access to the latest
information from trusted academic journals, news
outlets, and magazines. You also will receive access
to statistics, primary sources, case studies, podcasts,
and much more!
• Fully updated to reflect the most current information
in the field, this edition also includes coverage of
the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill, the 2009 Haiti
earthquake, volcanic eruptions in Iceland and
Indonesia, floods in Pakistan, and new information
on glaciers and global warming.
• The two-page concept art spreads, called Geo-inSight,
present an array of relevant photographs, along with
in-depth captions that illuminate a specific geological
landform, collection, or event. Geo-inSights improve
understanding by encouraging students to analyze
and synthesize information visually.
• Integration of economic and environmental geology
throughout the text clearly draws the connection
between the relevant aspects of the course to
students’ lives and future careers.
CONTENTS
1. Understanding Earth: A Dynamic and Evolving
Planet. 2. Plate Tectonics: A Unifying Theory. 3.
Minerals—The Building Blocks of Rocks. 4. Igneous
Rocks and Intrusive Igneous Activity. 5. Volcanism
and Volcanoes. 6. Weathering, Erosion and Soil. 7.
www.cengageasia.com
Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks. 8. Metamorphism
and Metamorphic Rocks. 9. Earthquakes and Earth’s
Interior. 10. Deformation, Mountain Building, and
the Continents. 11. Mass Wasting. 12. Running Water.
13. Groundwater. 14. Glaciers and Glaciation. 15. The
Work of Winds and Deserts. 16. Oceans, Shorelines and
Shoreline Processes. 17. Geologic Time: Concepts and
Principles. 18. Evolution—The Theory and Its Supporting
Evidence. 19. Precambrian Earth and Life History. 20.
Paleozoic Earth History. 21. Paleozoic Life History. 22.
Mesozoic Earth and Life History. 23. Cenozoic Earth
and Life History. 24. Physical and Historical Geology
in Perspective.
© 2012, 768pp, Paperback, 9780840062123
THE CHANGING EARTH, 7E
Exploring Geology and Evolution
James S. Monroe, Central Michigan University, Emeritus; Reed
Wicander, Central Michigan University
THE CHANGING EARTH: EXPLORING GEOLOGY AND
EVOLUTION, Seventh Edition, is written specifically
for courses covering both physical and historical
geology. Three interrelated themes (plate tectonics,
organic evolution, and geologic time) help students
understand that Earth is a complex, integrated, and
continually changing system. In the new edition authors
James S. Monroe and Reed Wicander integrate content
emphasizing the economic impacts of geology. Topics
such as fracking, nuclear waste, and the threat of
earthquakes are covered in new Geo-Impact boxes that
stress real-world applications. Lauded for their clear
writing style, the authors go beyond simply explaining
geology and its processes; rather, they place that
knowledge within the context of human experience by
consistently emphasizing relevance, resources, and the
environment. New Global Geoscience Watch activities
89
help students learn how to use an extensive database
of articles on geology that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New Geo-Impact boxes present new content
emphasizing the economic impacts of geology. Topics
such as fracking, nuclear waste, and the threat of
earthquakes are covered in new Geo-Impact boxes
that stress real-world applications.
• New Global Geoscience Watch activities help
students learn how to use an extensive database of
articles on geology that are updated several times a
day and are available exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• “Have You Ever Wondered?” Questions at the
Beginning of Each Chapter: Intriguing questions catch
students’ attention and motivate them to read the
chapter and find the answers.
• Connections Boxes Help Students See the Big Picture:
By viewing Earth as a system, students can see how
its various components are interconnected and also
appreciate its complex and dynamic nature. In the
new edition, these inter-relationships are facilitated
by Connections Boxes, a small box referring the reader
to other locations in the text where more information
can be found and connections made on important
topics.
• Geo-Images Challenge Students to Develop Strong
Observational and Critical Thinking Skills: At the end
of most chapters, a photo or graphic is presented
that challenges students to describe the geologic
processes being depicted and to support their
conclusions with logical reasoning.
• Additional Critical Thinking Questions Added to
Many Figures: Selected figures within the text are
now accompanied by a critical thinking question to
encourage active student learning, guide student
observational skill development, and deepen
understanding of geologic processes.
• Recognizing geology as an especially visual science,
the art program has been carefully updated, with new
photographs that help students identify geologic
features in the world around them, and new diagrams
and maps that illustrate the concepts discussed in the
text. Furthermore, the captions have been redesigned
to improve readability and, where appropriate, critical
90
www.cengageasia.com
thinking questions have been added to enhance
student observational skill development and deepen
understanding of geologic processes.
• Fully updated to reflect the most current information
in the field, this edition also includes coverage of
the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill, the 2009 Haiti
earthquake, volcanic eruptions in Iceland and
Indonesia, floods in Pakistan, and new information
on glaciers and global warming.
• The two-page concept art spreads, called Geo-inSight,
present an array of relevant photographs, along with
in-depth captions that illuminate a specific geological
landform, collection, or event. Geo-inSights improve
understanding by encouraging students to analyze
and synthesize information visually.
• Integration of economic and environmental geology
throughout the text clearly draws the connection
between the relevant aspects of the course to
students’ lives and future careers.
CONTENTS
1. Understanding Earth: A Dynamic and Evolving Planet.
2. Plate Tectonics: A Unifying Theory. 3. Minerals—The
Building Blocks of Rocks. 4. Igneous Rocks and Plutons.
5. Volcanoes and Volcanism. 6. Weathering, Erosion,
and Soil. 7. Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks. 8.
Metamorphism and Metamorphic Rocks. 9. Earthquakes
and Earth’s Interior. 10. Deformation, Mountain Building,
and Earth’s Crust. 11. Mass Wasting. 12. Running Water—
Streams and Rivers. 13. Groundwater. 14. Glaciers and
Glaciation. 15. The Work of Wind and Deserts. 16. Oceans,
Shorelines, and Shoreline Processes. 17. Geologic Time:
Concepts and Principles. 18. Organic Evolution—The
Theory and Its Supporting Evidence. 19. Precambrian
Earth and Life History. 20. Paleozoic Earth History.
21. Paleozoic Life History. 22. Mesozoic Earth and Life
History. 23. Cenozoic Earth and Life History. 24. Geology
in Perspective.
© 2015, 736pp, Paperback, 9781285733418
 Introduction to Earth
Science
EARTH (WITH COURSEMATE WITH
VIRTUAL FIELD TRIPS IN GEOLOGY,
VOLUME 1 PRINTED ACCESS CARD)
Graham R. Thompson, University of Montana; Jonathan Turk,
Created through a “student-tested, faculty-approved”
review process from nearly 70 students and faculty,
EARTH is an engaging and accessible solution
to accommodate the diverse lifestyles of today’s
learners at a value-based price. EARTH presents a rich
overview of all Earth-related disciplines--from geology,
hydrology, and oceanography to meteorology and
astronomy. EARTH explores the physical attributes
of planet Earth and its environment, emphasizing
the human choices we have made, and exploring the
physical consequences of those choices in the context
of Earth systems.
FEATURES
• An innovative combination of content delivery both
in print and online provides a core text and a wealth
of comprehensive multimedia teaching and learning
assets based on input from student focus groups and
surveys, and from interviews with nearly 70 faculty
and students.
• Shorter, comprehensive chapters in a modern design
present content in a more engaging and accessible
format without minimizing coverage for your course.
• Chapter In Review Cards at the back of the Student
Editions provide students a portable study tool
containing all of the pertinent information for class
preparation.
• Instructor Prep Cards at the back of the Instructor’s
Edition make preparation simple with detachable
www.cengageasia.com
cards for each chapter, offering a quick map of chapter
content, a list of corresponding PowerPoint and
video resources, additional examples, and suggested
assignments and discussion questions to help you
organize chapter content efficiently.
• A full suite of unique learning tools that appeal to
different learning styles is available to students with
the purchase of a new book. Practice quizzes, virtual
field trips, flashcards, animations, videos, and more
are only a click away.
• All of the content and resources you expect with
a supplements package that is second to none
including: PowerPoint lectures, JPEG images, test
bank, videos, and more.
• Environmental issues are integrated throughout the
text in both the authoritative narrative and stunning
multipart visuals that emphasize the beauty of Earth
science.
• “Earth Systems Interactions” graphics highlight how
a given process interacts with other Earth systems,
emphasizing the interconnectivity of the Earth’s
four spheres (geosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere,
biosphere).
• EARTH devotes a full chapter to climate change,
placing modern climate change within the context
of the broad ebb and flow of climate change over the
4.6 billion years of Earth history. The authors begin
the chapter with a review of past climates throughout
geologic deep time and then discuss the warming
trend of the past 150 years within this broader context.
• Special topics are highlighted and further discussed
in focus boxes throughout the text. In a survey
course where many subjects are introduced, it can be
refreshing for the student to have an option to read
in-depth discussion on topics of interest, and focus
boxes range from traditional Earth science topics to
current, environmental case studies.
CONTENTS
1. Earth Systems. Unit I: EARTH MATERIALS AND TIME.
2. Minerals. 3. Rocks. 4. Geologic Time: A Story in
the Rocks. 5. Geologic Resources. Unit II: INTERNAL
PROCESSES. 6. The Active Earth: Plate Tectonics. 7.
Earthquakes and the Earth’s Structure. 8. Volcanoes and
Plutons. 9. Mountains. Unit III: SURFACE PROCESSES.
10. Weathering, Soil, and Erosion. 11. Fresh Water:
Streams, Lakes, Ground Water, and Wetlands. 12. Water
Resources. 13. Glaciers and Ice Ages. 14. Deserts and
91
Wind. Unit IV: THE OCEANS. 15. Ocean Basins. 16.
Oceans and Coastlines. Unit V: THE ATMOSPHERE.
17. The Atmosphere. 18. Energy Balance in the
Atmosphere. 19. Moisture, Clouds, and Weather. 20.
Climate. 21. Climate Change. (ONLINE ONLY) Unit
VI: ASTRONOMY. (ONLINE ONLY) 22. Motions in the
Heavens. (ONLINE ONLY) 23. Planets and their Moons.
(ONLINE ONLY) 24. Stars, Space, and Galaxies.
© 2011, 448pp, Paperback, 9780538740999
EARTH LAB, 3E
Exploring the Earth Sciences, International Edition
Claudia Owen, University of Oregon; Diane Pirie, Florida
International University; Grenville Draper, Florida International
University
Utilizing graphs and simple calculations, this clearly
written lab manual complements the study of earth
science or physical geology. Engaging activities are
designed to help students develop data-gathering
skills (e.g., mineral and rock identification) and data-
analysis skills. Students will learn how to understand
aerial and satellite images; to perceive the importance
of stratigraphic columns, geologic sections, and seismic
waves; and more.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The third edition includes basic coverage of all
concepts needed to teach any introductory earth
science laboratory. Concepts are presented in a user
friendly format and allowing for each instructor’s
individual style and approach.
• Definitions and carefully selected flow charts,
diagrams, maps, and photos have all been updated
and refined to aid student comprehension.
• Clear, concise but attractive tables and rock
identification mazes demonstrating the scientific
92
www.cengageasia.com
method through student use as an accompaniment
to easily followed instructions for exercises.
• Upgraded and new art in this edition coupled with a
more compact approach to topics results in a briefer,
more useful manual that remains engaging to the
student.
• vIncorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Incorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Practical renovation of chapter layout, organization,
and planning over past editions resulting in a more
pragmatic but pleasing approach to chapter content.
FEATURES
• For each lab, the wide selection of activities provides
instructors with more than enough options to design
their own labs based on their own particular resources
and preferences.
• With the help of an extensive visual imagery, in
conjunction with helpful and innovative identification
mazes, students learn to identify a variety of minerals
and rocks. Beyond this students are encouraged to
grasp as much as possible about the story told by a
rock.
• The book covers traditional skills expected in
introductory geology lab books, but also includes
many simple innovative hands-on activities that
enhance learning and get students involved.
CONTENTS
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION. 1. Introduction to
Plates and Maps. SECTION 2: EARTH MATERIALS
AND RESOURCES. 2. Minerals. 3. Igneous Rocks. 4.
Sedimentary Rocks. 5. Metamorphic Rocks. SECTION
3: MAPS AND TIME. 6. Topographic Maps. 7. Geologic
Time and History. 8. Geologic Maps and Structures.
SECTION 4: EARTH’S DYNAMIC INTERIOR. 9. Plate
Tectonics. 10. Earthquakes and Seismology. SECTION 5:
EARTH’S SURFACE. 11. Landslides and Mass Movements.
12. Streams and Rivers. 13. Groundwater and Karst
Topography 14. Oceans and Shorelines SECTION
6: WEATHER, CLIMATE, AND THEIR EFFECTS. 15.
Atmosphere, Climate, and Climate Change. 16. Weather.
17. Glaciers and Glaciation. 18. Deserts and Arid
Landscapes. APPENDIX. GLOSSARY.
© 2011, 480pp, Paperback, 9780538737012
Footprint so Big?
© 2009, 208pp, Paperback, 9780495560241

LAB MANUAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

SCIENCE
Brooks/Cole Publishing Co. LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, HIGH
SCHOOL LEVEL 4, 17E
New to support the Miller’s Environmental Science G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
texts, this lab manual includes both hands-on and data
analysis labs to help students develop a range of skills.
© 2012, 896pp, Hardback, 9780538493833
Create a custom version of this lab manual by adding
labs that you have developed or choose from our
collection with Cengage Custom Publishing.
FEATURES
• Includes both hands-on and data analysis labs and
activities to help students develop a wider range
of skills and gain greater insight on environmental
science.
CONTENTS
Forward. Lab 1 Introduction to Experimental Design.
Lab 2 The Tragedy of the Commons - A Classroom
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT,
Simulation Exercise. Lab 3 Population Growth. Lab 4
Biomagnification Through a Food Chain. Lab 5 Food
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 17E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
Webs. Lab 6 A Comparison of Owl Pellets from Two
Regions. Lab 7 Community Ecology: Forest Plot Analysis. Sustainability is the integrating theme of this
Lab 8 Allelopathy Lab. Lab 9 Butcher the Biomes. Lab current and thought-provoking book. LIVING IN THE
10 Does Land Use Affect Soil Texture and Permeability? ENVIRONMENT, 17e, International Edition provides the
Lab 11 Soil Animals and Plant Decomposition. Lab basic scientific tools for understanding and thinking
12 Colorimetric Determination of Free Chlorine in critically about the environment. Co-authors G. Tyler
Drinking Water. Lab 13 Life in a Watershed. Lab 14 Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire students to take a
Know Your Neighborhood. Lab 15 Oil Spill! Lab 16 positive approach toward finding and implementing
Human Health Risk Assessment from Exposure to useful environmental solutions in their own lives and
Chemicals in Drinking Water. Lab 17 Use of a Portable in their careers. Updated with the most up-to-date
Sampler to Measure Total Suspended Particulates. information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
Lab 18 Alternative Transportation Fuels. Lab 19 Are engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
We Consuming our Biosphere? Lab 20 Applying and and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
Analyzing Cost-Benefit Analysis. Lab 21 Why is Your centered approach transforms complex environmental

www.cengageasia.com 93
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember. Overall, by framing the
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: Over half of the book’s 25 chapters have new
“Core Case Studies” that are threaded throughout
each chapter. These case studies explore current and
relevant environmental topics and place them in the
context of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new
and updated figures, new photos, and a new design
that reinforces and enhances learning.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• REAL DATA: Each chapter includes a quantitative Data
94
www.cengageasia.com
Analysis or Ecological Footprint Analysis exercise.
Data Analysis exercises include graphs and real-
life data that students refer to directly to answer
quantitative questions. Ecological Footprint Analysis
exercises focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18. Air
Pollution. 19. Climate Change and Ozone Depletion.
20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous Waste.
22. Citiesand Sustainability. PART VI: SUSTAINING
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment,
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics,
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS.
© 2012, 784pp, Paperback, 9780538735353

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
www.cengageasia.com
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672
95
 Meteorology
ESSENTIALS OF METEOROLOGY, 6E
An Invitation to the Atmosphere, International Edition
C. Donald Ahrens, Modesto Junior College
Faculty Description: This updated and enhanced
sixth edition of ESSENTIALS OF METEOROLOGY,
International Edition is written by the widely read and
authoritative author in introductory meteorology—
Donald Ahrens. Ahrens’s ability to explain relatively
complicated ideas in a student-friendly, manageable
fashion allows even non-science students to visualize
the principles of meteorology. ESSENTIALS OF
METEOROLOGY, 6e, International Edition is completely
updated with over 250 new images and figures and the
latest research and coverage.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Enhanced Visual Learning: Weather is a visual and
observational science and ongoing efforts have
been made to develop new and exciting ways to
show students visually, in art figures and computer
animations, the interactions of forces that create
everyday and extreme weather. Fifty new photos
and figures will be employed throughout the text.
Twelve high quality animations, viewable from the
CourseMate website, will be called out and explained
in the new edition.
• Global Climate and Climate Change chapters
updated with latest reports and data. Reports and
developments from the most recent Copenhagen
Climate Council are integrated into the chapters on
Global Climate and Global Change.
• New Focus Boxes Clarify Major Climate Change Issues
and Myths. One new Focus Box explains the central
role of scientific observation of the Ozone Hole in all
96
www.cengageasia.com
global warming cause, effect, and long-term impact
discussions. Another new Focus Box helps dispel
myths about short-term weather observations serving
as evidence for global warming.
• Did You Know Boxes extensively rewritten and
expanded. This important learning feature points
out important examples of weather events being
discussed in the text. They are an integral part of
the learn-by-observing weather approach developed
throughout the text and a large percentage are being
rewritten to reference more current weather events.
• Global Geoscience Watch now offers a Meteorology
portal. Adopters will now be able to bundle Geoscience
Watch to gain access to a new Meteorology portal.
This comprehensive online resource leverages expert
perspectives of meteorological research, current
coverage of weather events, and comprehensive news
and research articles to offer a unique active learning
opportunity for students.
FEATURES
• A superior technology package is seamlessly
integrated with the text, and a wealth of online
resources further enable you to incorporate striking
interactive weather exercises into your course.
• Cengage Learning’s Meteorology CourseMate brings
course concepts to life with interactive learning, study,
and exam preparation tools that support the printed
textbook.
• Engagement Tracker: How do you assess your
students’ engagement in your course? How do
you know your students have read the material
or viewed the resources you have assigned? How
can you tell if your students are struggling with a
concept? With CourseMate, you can use the included
Engagement Tracker to assess student preparation
and engagement. Use the tracking tools to see
progress for the class as a whole or for individual
students. Identify students at risk early in the course.
Uncover which concepts are most difficult for your
class. Monitor time on task. Keep your students
engaged.
• Interactive Teaching and Learning Tools: CourseMate
includes interactive teaching and learning tools,
including quizzes, flashcards, videos, animations,
interactive eBook, and more. These assets enable
students to review for tests, prepare for class, and
address the needs of students’ varied learning styles.
• Thorough coverage features a topic presentation that
moves from atmospheric elements, air temperature,
and air pressure to atmospheric motion, cyclonic
development, severe weather, and finally to climate
and global change. The modular organization gives
you the flexibility to cover chapters in any order you
wish.
CONTENTS
1. The Earth’s Atmosphere. 2. Warming the Earth and
the Atmosphere. 3. Air Temperature. 4. Humidity,
Condensation, and Clouds. 5. Cloud Development
and Precipitation. 6. Air Pressure and Winds. 7.
Atmospheric Circulations. 8. Air Masses, Fronts, and
Middle-Latitude Cyclones. 9. Weather Forecasting.
10. Thunderstorms and Tornadoes. 11. Hurricanes. 12.
Air Pollution. 13. Global Climate. 14. Climate Change.
15. Light, Color, and Atmospheric Optics. Appendix
A: Units, Conversions, Abbreviations, and Equations.
Appendix B: Equations and Constants. Appendix C:
Weather Symbols and the Station Model. Appendix
D: Humidity and Dew-Point Tables (Psychromatic
Tables). Appendix E: Standard Atmosphere. Appendix
F: Beaufort Wind Scale (Over Land). Appendix G: Annual
Global Pattern of Precipitation. Appendix H: Koppen’s
Climatic Classification System. Additional Reading
Material. Glossary. Index. Credits.
© 2012, 528pp, Paperback, 9780840053084
ESSENTIALS OF METEOROLOGY, 7E
An Invitation to the Atmosphere
C. Donald Ahrens, Modesto Junior College
This updated and enhanced seventh edition of
ESSENTIALS OF METEOROLOGY is written by the most
widely read and authoritative author in introductory
meteorology-Donald Ahrens. Ahrens’s ability to
www.cengageasia.com
explain relatively complicated ideas in a student-
friendly, manageable fashion allows even non-science
students to visualize the principles of meteorology.
The text’s clear and inviting narrative is supplemented
by numerous pedagogical features that encourage
observing, calculating, and synthesizing information.
New concept animation boxes direct students to online
animations which help students to immediately apply
the text material—and understand the underlying
meteorological principles. A new icon directs students
to Online Appendices which enable students to
explore data such as world temperature extremes and
precipitation extremes over a 30 year period. Suggested
activities to interact with the data make it easier to
assign student projects for developing critical thinking
and quantitative skills using meteorological data.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• More on Scientific Method: A new Focus Box in
Chapter 1 highlights Meteorology and the Scientific
Method. In addition a new icon in the text directs
students to a set of online appendices which enable
students to explore data such as world temperature
extremes and precipitation extremes over a 30 year
period. Students are provided activities to interact
with the data, thereby developing both quantitative
and critical thinking skills context of the scientific
method.
• Icon for Online Appendices: A new icon now directs
students to an online database of meteorological data
and formulae making it easier for instructors to assign
projects involving meteorological data analysis.
• New Concept Animation boxes provide students
a brief summary of important topics and refer the
reader to a high quality animation to view and
visualize the concept in action.
• New Global Geoscience Watch Activities help
students learn how to use an extensive database
of meteorological articles and other materials that
are updated several times a day and are available
exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• Global Climate and Climate Change chapters
updated with latest reports and data. Reports and
developments from the most recent Copenhagen
Climate Council are integrated into the chapters on
Global Climate and Global Change.
97
• Did You Know Boxes extensively rewritten and
expanded. This important learning feature points
out important examples of weather events being
discussed in the text. They are an integral part of
the learn-by-observing weather approach developed
throughout the text and a large percentage are being
rewritten to reference more current weather events.
• Global Geoscience Watch now offers a Meteorology
portal. Adopters will now be able to bundle Geoscience
Watch to gain access to a new Meteorology portal.
This comprehensive online resource leverages expert
perspectives of meteorological research, current
coverage of weather events, and comprehensive news
and research articles to offer a unique active learning
opportunity for students.
• Engagement Tracker:How do you assess your
students’ engagement in your course? How do
you know your students have read the material
or viewed the resources you have assigned? How
can you tell if your students are struggling with a
concept? With CourseMate, you can use the included
Engagement Tracker to assess student preparation and
engagement. Use the tracking tools to see progress
for the class as a whole or for individual students.
Identify students at risk early in the course. Uncover
which concepts are most difficult for your class.
Monitor time on task. Keep your students engaged.
Interactive Teaching and Learning Tools:CourseMate
includes interactive teaching and learning tools,
including quizzes, flashcards, videos, animations,
interactive eBook, and more. These assets enable
students to review for tests, prepare for class, and
address the needs of students’ varied learning styles.
• Thorough coverage features a topic presentation that
moves from atmospheric elements, air temperature,
and air pressure to atmospheric motion, cyclonic
development, severe weather, and finally to climate
and global change. The modular organization gives
you the flexibility to cover chapters in any order you
wish.
• A removable Cloud Chart allows students to identify
clouds wherever they go and is particularly useful for
outdoor projects.
CONTENTS
1. The Earth’s Atmosphere. 2. Warming the Earth and
the Atmosphere. 3. Air Temperature. 4. Humidity,
Condensation, and Clouds. 5. Cloud Development and
98
www.cengageasia.com
Precipitation. 6. Air Pressure and Winds. 7. Atmospheric
Circulations. 8. Air Masses, Fronts, and Middle Latitude
Cyclones. 9. Weather Forecasting. 10. Thunderstorms
and Tornadoes. 11. Hurricanes. 12. Climate Change. 13.
Global Climate. 14. Air Pollution. 15. Light, Color, and
Atmospheric Optics.
© 2015, 544pp, Paperback, 9781285462363
EXTREME WEATHER AND CLIMATE,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
C. Donald Ahrens, Modesto Junior College; Perry J. Samson, University
of Michigan
FUNDAMENTALS OF EXTREME WEATHER, International
Edition is a unique textbook solution for the fast-
growing market of non-majors science courses focused
on extreme weather. With strong foundational coverage
of the science of meteorology, FUNDAMENTALS OF
EXTREME WEATHER, International Edition introduces
the causes and impacts of extreme weather events and
conditions. Students learn the science of meteorology in
context of important and often familiar weather events
such as Hurricane Katrina and they’ll explore how
forecast changes in climate may influence frequency
and/or intensity of future extreme weather events.
An exciting array of photos and illustrations brings
the intensity of weather and its sometimes devasting
impact to every chapter. Written by a respected and
unique author team, this book blends coverage found
in Don Ahren’s market-leading texts with insights and
technology support contributed by co-author Perry
Samson. Professor Samson has developed an Extreme
Weather course at the University of Michigan that is
the fastest-growing science course at the university.
FEATURES
• Trusted content from Don Ahren’s leading meterology
 texts has been adapted to create this unique solution
for fast-growing courses focused on extreme weather
(as well as the changing meteorology course.)
• The book is ideal for non-majors, but remains squarely
focused on the science behind nature’s powerful
forces.
• The authors’ down-to-earth wrting style is ideal
for students taking a non-majors course. However,
the narrative also fully develops the underlying
meterological principles behind extreme weather
events.
• Visually exciting photos and figures help bring the
power and potential devastation of extreme weather
events into clear focus.
• Strong technology support for both students and
instructors accompanies your adoption. Students
can access animations, videos, flashcards, quizzes,
and weblinks through the Book Companion Website.
An electronic Instructor’s Manual offers chapter
summaries, answers to in-text questions, and a
comprehensive Test Bank includes an array of question
types designed to test student comprehension.
CONTENTS
1. The Turbulent Atmosphere. 2. Energy That Drives
the Storms. 3. Temperature and Humidity Extremes.
4. Condensation in the Atmosphere. 5. Clouds and
Stability. 6. Precipitation Extremes. 7. Atmospheric
Motions. 8. Wind Systems. 9. Air Masses and Fronts.
10. Mid-Latitude Cyclonic Storms. 11. Thunderstorms. 12.
Tornadoes. 13. Hurricanes. 14. Forecasting. 15. Climate
Modifications and Change.
© 2011, 450pp, Paperback, 9781439049136
www.cengageasia.com
METEOROLOGY TODAY, 10E
An Introduction to Weather, Climate and the
Environment, International Edition
C. Donald Ahrens, Modesto Junior College
Cengage Learning’s METEOROLOGY TODAY, 10E,
International Edition brings course concepts to life with
interactive learning, study, and exam preparation tools
along with market leading text content for introductory
meteorology courses. Adopt the resources that enable
your students to purchase the right solution to meet
their needs, whether it’s a traditional printed text, all
digital learning platform, or package that includes
the best of both worlds. With the recently updated
METEOROLOGY TODAY, 10E, International Edition and
CourseMate’s interactive teaching and learning tools,
it’s never been easier to help students understand the
underlying meteorological principles and appreciate the
dynamic nature of the inevitable weather phenomena
that continually influence our lives.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New Concept Animation boxes provide students
a brief summary of important topics and refer the
reader to a high quality animation to view and
visualize the concept in action.
• New Critical Thinking questions are linked to key
figures encouraging students to synthesize and apply
the information presented in the text and in the figure.
• New Social and Economic Impact Focus Boxes
spotlight the significant role weather plays in our lives,
the importance of accurate weather forecasting, and
tools organizations use to manage weather-related
risks.
FEATURES
• Stories at the beginning of each chapter draw students
naturally into the discussion, while in-chapter reviews
99
 help them master concepts while they study.
• Four types of end-of-chapter exercises provide
opportunities for further review, as well as in-class
discussion questions.
• “Focus” boxes expand on primary material and help
students understand meteorological observation
methods, environmental issues, and more advanced
topics.
• “Weather Watch” marginal boxes highlight interesting
weather facts or astonishing events that may not be
commonly known.
CONTENTS
1. The Earth and its Atmosphere. 2. Energy: Warming
the Earth and the Atmosphere. 3. Seasonal and
Daily Temperatures. 4. Atmospheric Humidity. 5.
Condensation: Dew, Fog, and Clouds. 6. Stability and
Cloud Development. 7. Precipitation. 8. Air Pressure
and Winds. 9. Wind: Small-Scale and Local Systems.
10. Wind: Global Systems. 11. Air Masses and Fronts.
12. Middle-Latitude Cyclones. 13. Weather Forecasting.
14. Thunderstorms and Tornadoes. 15. Hurricanes. 16.
The Earth’s Changing Climate. 17. Global Climate. 18.
Air Pollution. 19. Light, Color, and Atmospheric Optics.
Appendix A: Units, Conversions, Abbreviations, and
Equations. Appendix B: Weather Symbols and the
Station Model. Appendix C: Beaufort Wind Scale.
Appendix D: Humidity and Dew-Point Tables. Appendix
E: Instant Weather Forecast Chart. Appendix F:
Changing GMT and UTC to Local Time. Appendix G:
Average Annual Global Precipitation. Appendix H:
Standard Atmosphere. Appendix I: Hurricane Tracking
Chart. Appendix J: Adiabatic Chart.
© 2013, 640pp, Paperback, 9780840058157
100
www.cengageasia.com
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672
www.cengageasia.com
Natural Hazards &
Disasters
NATURAL HAZARDS AND DISASTERS,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 4E
Donald Hyndman, University of Montana; David Hyndman, Michigan
State University
Cengage Learning’s Natural Hazards and Disasters
brings course concepts to life with interactive learning,
study, and exam preparation tools along with market
leading text content for introductory earth science
courses. Adopt the resources that enable your students
to purchase the right solution to meet their needs,
whether it’s a traditional printed text, all digital learning
platform, or package that includes the best of both
worlds. With the recently updated Natural Hazards and
Disasters and CourseMate’s interactive teaching and
learning tools, it’s never been easier to help students
understand the underlying geological processes,
explore the impact these processes have on humans
and vice versa, and analyze strategies for mitigating
these hazards’ physical and financial harm.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• For the first time in this edition, the authors devote an
entire chapter to climate and climate change. Chapter
11, “Climate Change” includes extensive and cutting-
edge material on climate change and its impact on
hazards such as the increased severity of hurricanes,
droughts, and subsidence and greenhouse-gas
generation due to melting permafrost.
• Chapter 10, “Weather, Thunderstorms, and Tornadoes,”
has been substantially revised and now focused
entirely on weather and weather-related hazards,
including expanded coverage of the Coriolis effect,
monsoons, and droughts. Material on Thunderstorms
and Tornadoes now appears in this chapter.
101
• Chapter 16, “Wildfires,” was also given careful CONTENTS
attention in response to reviewer feedback, and now 1. Natural Hazards and Disasters. 2. Plate Tectonics and
includes expanded coverage of the fire triangle. Physical Hazards. 3. Earthquakes and Their Causes. 4.
• The book provides up-to-date information on hazards Earthquake Predictions, Forecasts, and Mitigation.
and on recent major natural disasters, including the 5. Tsunami. 6. Volcanoes: Tectonic Environments and
2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan, the 2011 east Eruptions. 7. Volcanoes: Hazards and Mitigation. 8.
coast earthquake, the 2011 tornado in Joplin, Missouri, Landslides and Other Downslope Movements. 9.
recent landslides in Los Angeles, the 2010-2011 Sinkholes, Land Subsidence, and Swelling Soils. 10.
drought in Texas, the 2010 European heat wave, the Weather, Thunderstorms, and Tornadoes. 11. Climate
2011 super outbreak of tornadoes in the southeast, Change. 12. Streams and Flood Processes. 13. Floods and
along with many others. Human Interactions. 14. Waves, Beaches, and Coastal
• Cases in Point, which bring focus to some of the key Erosion. 15. Hurricanes and Nor’easters. 16. Wildfires. 17.
principles and processes through specific natural Impact of Asteroids and Comets. 18. The Future: Where
disasters, appear at the end of chapters to improve Do We Go from Here?
flow of the text. New in this edition, each Case in
© 2014, 576pp, Paperback, 9781133598640
Point is followed by Critical Thinking Questions that
ask students to apply what they have learned from
the case and extend their understanding. For the first
time, older Cases in Point that have been removed Oceanography
from the book to make room for new cases will be
made available online.
FEATURES
• Critical View features ask students to use what they
have learned in the chapters to analyze potential
hazards in photographs of real situations.
• Critical Thinking Questions at the end of each chapter.
These questions help students apply concepts from
the chapter to difficult real-life situations such as
zoning and development issues, the balance between
personal freedoms and government protections, or EARTH LAB, 3E
the cost and benefits of hazard mitigation. Exploring the Earth Sciences, International Edition
• The extensive art program enhances visual learning. Claudia Owen, University of Oregon; Diane Pirie, Florida
Figure titles show students the relevance of the piece International University; Grenville Draper, Florida International
at first glance. Photos are labeled to indicate key University
features. Photos are paired photos with diagrams
Utilizing graphs and simple calculations, this clearly
to encourage students to relate real-world and
written lab manual complements the study of earth
scientific views. Multi-part figures set up constructive
science or physical geology. Engaging activities are
comparisons between related figures.
designed to help students develop data-gathering
• By the Numbers boxes present more-quantitative
skills (e.g., mineral and rock identification) and data-
aspects of the concepts explained in the book, offering
analysis skills. Students will learn how to understand
instructors the flexibility to incorporate more or less
aerial and satellite images; to perceive the importance
of this material according to their preferences.
of stratigraphic columns, geologic sections, and seismic
• A Geologic Time Scale and a brief discussion on the
waves; and more.
nature of rocks and minerals in the online Appendix
help students understand the background of some NEW TO THIS EDITION
natural hazards. • The third edition includes basic coverage of all

102
www.cengageasia.com
 concepts needed to teach any introductory earth
science laboratory. Concepts are presented in a user
friendly format and allowing for each instructor’s
individual style and approach.
• Definitions and carefully selected flow charts,
diagrams, maps, and photos have all been updated
and refined to aid student comprehension.
• Clear, concise but attractive tables and rock
identification mazes demonstrating the scientific
method through student use as an accompaniment
to easily followed instructions for exercises.
• Upgraded and new art in this edition coupled with a
more compact approach to topics results in a briefer,
more useful manual that remains engaging to the
student.
• vIncorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Incorporation of reviewer and user comments from
the perspective of laboratory processes, instruction,
clarity, and usefulness.
• Practical renovation of chapter layout, organization,
and planning over past editions resulting in a more
pragmatic but pleasing approach to chapter content.
FEATURES
• For each lab, the wide selection of activities provides
instructors with more than enough options to design
their own labs based on their own particular resources
and preferences.
• With the help of an extensive visual imagery, in
conjunction with helpful and innovative identification
mazes, students learn to identify a variety of minerals
and rocks. Beyond this students are encouraged to
grasp as much as possible about the story told by a
rock.
• The book covers traditional skills expected in
introductory geology lab books, but also includes
many simple innovative hands-on activities that
enhance learning and get students involved.
CONTENTS
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION. 1. Introduction to
Plates and Maps. SECTION 2: EARTH MATERIALS
AND RESOURCES. 2. Minerals. 3. Igneous Rocks. 4.
Sedimentary Rocks. 5. Metamorphic Rocks. SECTION
3: MAPS AND TIME. 6. Topographic Maps. 7. Geologic
Time and History. 8. Geologic Maps and Structures.
www.cengageasia.com
SECTION 4: EARTH’S DYNAMIC INTERIOR. 9. Plate
Tectonics. 10. Earthquakes and Seismology. SECTION 5:
EARTH’S SURFACE. 11. Landslides and Mass Movements.
12. Streams and Rivers. 13. Groundwater and Karst
Topography 14. Oceans and Shorelines SECTION
6: WEATHER, CLIMATE, AND THEIR EFFECTS. 15.
Atmosphere, Climate, and Climate Change. 16. Weather.
17. Glaciers and Glaciation. 18. Deserts and Arid
Landscapes. APPENDIX. GLOSSARY.
© 2011, 480pp, Paperback, 9780538737012
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 7E
Tom S. Garrison, Orange Coast College
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 7e provides
students with a basic understanding of the scientific
questions, complexities, and uncertainties involved in
ocean use, and the role and importance of oceans in
nurturing and sustaining life on the planet. The new
edition was created as part of a unique partnership with
the National Geographic Society, an organization that
represents a tradition of inspiring stories, exceptional
research, and first-hand accounts of exploration.
Using exclusive content from the National Geographic
Society’s world-renowned photos, graphics, and map
collections, ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 7e gives
students the most dynamic and current introduction
to oceanography available today. Bestselling author
Tom Garrison illustrates the interdisciplinary nature
of marine science, allowing students to see its links
to biology, chemistry, geology, physics, meteorology,
astronomy, ecology, history, and economics. New
features including Thinking Beyond the Figure
questions and Closer Look boxes help students develop
critical thinking skills and a deeper understanding of
the scientific method.
103
 NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Increased Emphasis on the process of science
throughout. The first chapter’s discussion of the
nature of science has been expanded, and underlying
assumptions and limitations are discussed throughout
the book.
• New Thinking Beyond the Figure questions encourage
active learning and develop critical thinking skills. The
questions typically ask students to analyze processes
and outcomes depicted in the figure, focusing student
attention once again on scientific methods and
process.
• New Closer Look boxes focus on fascinating topics
of student interest while also building student
understanding of the process of the scientific method.
• New Insight from a National Geographic Explorer
Boxes in selected chapters. These boxes feature the
work of a National Geographic Explorer or science
program grantee.
• Media Connection: A “chapter-starter” offering
links to podcast and video, often featuring National
Geographic content.
• New Global Geoscience Watch Activities help
students learn how to use an extensive database
of oceanographic articles and other materials that
are updated several times a day and are available
exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• Increased Emphasis on the process of science
throughout. The first chapter’s discussion of the
nature of science has been expanded, and underlying
assumptions and limitations are discussed throughout
the book.
• New Thinking Beyond the Figure questions encourage
active learning and develop critical thinking skills. The
questions typically ask students to analyze processes
and outcomes depicted in the figure, focusing student
attention once again on scientific methods and
process.
• New Closer Look boxes focus on fascinating topics
of student interest while also building a deeper
understanding of the process of the scientific method.
• Course Customization Resources on the Deepwater
Horizon Oil Spill and more: Three new Oceanography
Modules help you keep your course relevant and
timely. Consider customizing your text with a
capstone coverage on one or more of these important
104
www.cengageasia.com
topics. 1) Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill 2) The Science
Behind the Ocean’s “Garbage Patches” 3) Underwater
Research.
CONTENTS
Brief Contents: 1. The Origin of the Ocean. 2. A History
of Marine Science. 3. Earth Structure and Plate Tectonics.
4. Ocean Basins. 5. Ocean Sediments. 6. Water. 7.
Atmospheric Circulation. 8. Ocean Circulation. 9.
Waves. 10. Tides. 11. Coasts. 12. Life in the Ocean. 13.
Pelagic Communities. 14. Benthic Communities. 15. Uses
and Abuses of the Ocean. Appendix I Measurements and
Conversions. Appendix II Geological Time. Appendix III
Absolute and Relative Dating. Appendix IV Maps and
Charts. Appendix V Latitude and Longitude, Time, and
Navigation. Appendix VI The Law of the Sea Governs
Marine Resource Allocation. Appendix VII Working in
Marine Science. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 384pp, Paperback, 9781285753867
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 6E
Tom S. Garrison, Orange Coast College
The sixth edition of ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY,
International Edition conveys Garrison’s enthusiasm
for oceanography to non-science students taking the
introductory course. It is a streamlined version of his
bestselling OCEANOGRAPHY, International Edition
text, but was created specifically to meet the needs
of instructors who prefer a shorter text. This edition
incorporates global climate change as a recurring
theme. ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 6e,
International Edition provides students with a basic
understanding of the scientific questions, complexities,
and uncertainties involved in ocean use, and the role
and importance of oceans in nurturing and sustaining
life on the planet.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A new box entitled About the Ocean World /
A Student Asks… is designed to spark student
excitement about oceanography and expand active
learning opportunities. This new boxed feature
in every chapter highlights questions received
from inquisitive students. The sections present
current scientific understandings in answer to these
fascinating questions and establish connections
to chapter content. They also offer suggestions for
student inquiry and discovery.
• Expanded and Fully Integrated Pedagogy: A new
section called Chapter Preview offers a concise
description of 4-6 main ideas covered in the chapter.
After each major section in the chapter Brief Review
sections help students focus on the major points. At
the end of chapters, a Chapter Summary provides
a brief narrative summary of contents and Study
Questions help students apply what they have
learned, creating a fully integrated learning system
for each chapter.
• Course Customization Resources on the Deepwater
Horizon Oil Spill and more: Three new Oceanography
Modules help you keep your course relevant and
timely. Consider customizing your text with a
capstone coverage on one or more of these important
topics.1) Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill 2) The Science
Behind the Ocean’s “Garbage Patches” 3) Underwater
Research.
• Global Geoscience Watch: Updated several times
a day, the Global Geoscience Watch is a focused
portal into GREENR – our Global Reference on the
Environment, Energy, and Natural Resources – an
ideal one-stop site for classroom discussion and
research projects for all things geoscience! Broken
into the four key course areas (Geography, Geology,
Meteorology, and Oceanography), you can easily get
to the most relevant content available for your course.
You and your students will have access to the latest
information from trusted academic journals, news
outlets, and magazines. You also will receive access
to statistics, primary sources, case studies, podcasts,
and much more!
• Updated Design and Even More Spectacular Visuals:
A new text design allows for even more photos and
visual learning. A more spacious “look and feel”
www.cengageasia.com
offers students an even more inviting introduction
to Oceanography.
FEATURES
• ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 6e, International
Edition continues to emphasize the interdisciplinary
nature of marine science, stressing its connections
with astronomy, physics, chemistry, meteorology,
geology, biology, ecology, history, and economics.
Using an engaging writing style, author Tom Garrison
helps students gain “an oceanic perspective” in
which water, continents, seafloors, sunlight, storms,
seaweeds, and society are connected in subtle and
beautiful ways.
• Global climate change is integrated throughout this
text. Icons presented both on chapter outlines and
in the text itself show readers where global climate
change topics are covered and also help them make
connections to overall chapter content.
• Each chapter of the book includes a fully integrated
learning system. A Preview of 4-6 main points begins
each chapter, a Brief Review summarizes each
section in the chapter, and a Chapter Summary helps
students crystallize what they have learned and Study
Questions help them apply what they have learned.
• Student learning is enhanced by an art program that
includes over 200 separate illustrations and 250
photos. Chapter Opener Photos are supported by a
short Vignette that puts the photo in perspective and
motivates chapter content.
CONTENTS
1. Origins. 2. History. 3. Earth Structure and Plate
Tectonics. 4. Ocean Basins. 5. Sediments. 6. Water.
7. Atmospheric Circulation. 8. Ocean Circulation. 9.
Waves. 10. Tides. 11. Coasts. 12. Life in the Ocean. 13.
Pelagic Communities. 14. Benthic Communities. 15.
Uses and Abuses of the Ocean. Afterword. Appendix
I: Measurements and Conversions. Appendix II:
Geological Time. Appendix III: Latitude and Longitude,
Time, and Navigation. Appendix IV: Maps and Charts.
Appendix V: Working in Marine Science. Glossary.
Credits. Index.
© 2012, 496pp, Paperback, 9780840061577
105

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC LEARNING
READER: WATER
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use (with
eBook Printed Access Card)
National Geographic Learning
Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater Use is a
part of a ground-breaking new series, the National
Geographic Learning Reader Series. This series brings
learning to life by featuring compelling images,
media and text from National Geographic. Through
this engaging content, students develop a clearer
understanding of the world around them. Published
in a variety of subject areas, the National Geographic
Learning Reader Series connects key topics to
authentic examples and can be used in conjunction
with most standard texts or online materials available
for your courses. Access to a media enhanced eBook
included with each reader. Organized into three units
– historical context, current challenges, and potential
solutions – Global Challenges and Policy of Freshwater
Use introduces students to many of the real world
challenges that both individuals and governments face
in deciding how we should manage global freshwater
resources. The selected articles pull from current
events throughout the world to illustrate a variety
of freshwater policy problems, including examples
of the effects of changing climates on precipitation
patterns, how growing populations and competing
industry interests are having to adapt in a world with
these changing patterns, and the controversy over
what inherent and legal rights nature and wildlife
should have in our water policy decisions. Selected
readings also confront issues associated with the
consequences of large-scale water pollution and aquifer
depletion, restoration potentials and dam removal,
freshwater production and distribution technologies,
and international relations that are significantly
106
www.cengageasia.com
influenced by water usage and rights. Collectively,
these articles create a reader that is designed to help
students from a wide variety of disciplines get a more
thorough appreciation for the challenges involved in
global freshwater policy.
FEATURES
• A collection of articles relevant to Earth Science.
• Each article has an introduction to provide context for
the student as well as focus questions that suggest
ideas to think about while reading the selection.
• Rich photography and compelling images are
used throughout the reader to further enhance
understanding of the selections.
• The chapter culminating section includes discussion
questions to stimulate both in-class discussion and
out-of-class work.
• Additional resources are available via a media-rich
eBook. This eBook contains videos and animations as
well as the capability to highlight, take notes, search
and bookmark.
• Articles document current conditions and situations
throughout the world to illuminate a variety of
freshwater policy problems.
• Specific examples of the effects of climate change,
and how growing populations and competing industry
interests must adapt
• Examine controversy over wildlife rights in water
policy decisions.
• Reader is organized into three units: background
and historical context, case studies approach
to challenges, additional conflicts and potential
solutions.
• Attention focused on implications of bringing
different interest groups together to work toward
sustainable freshwater stewardship.
CONTENTS
About National Geographic Learning. Preface. Water
is Life. Outlook Extreme: Changing Rains. Australia’s
Dry Run. Bitter Waters. Parting the Waters. Reuniting
a River. Drying of the West.
© 2013, 160pp, Paperback, 9781133603672

OCEANOGRAPHY, 8E
An Invitation to Marine Science, International Edition
Tom S. Garrison, Orange Coast College
Cengage Learning in partnership with National
Geographic Society brings course concepts to life with
interactive learning, study, and exam preparation tools
along with market leading text content for introductory
oceanography courses. OCEANOGRAPHY: AN
INVIATATION TO MARINE SCIENCES, 8E, International
Edition provides a basic understanding of the scientific
questions, complexities, and uncertainties involved
in ocean use, as well as the role and importance of
the ocean in nurturing and sustaining life on the
planet. Bestselling author Tom Garrison emphasizes
the interdisciplinary nature of marine science,
stressing its links to biology, chemistry, geology,
physics, meteorology, astronomy, ecology, history,
and economics. Enable your students to purchase
the right solution to meet their needs, whether it’s a
traditional printed text, all digital learning platform, or
package that includes the best of both worlds. With the
recently updated OCEANOGRAPHY: AN INVIATATION
TO MARINE SCIENCES, 8E, International Edition and
CourseMate’s interactive teaching and learning tools,
it’s never been easier to help students understand the
complexities involved in how we study and use the
ocean.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Using exclusive content from the National Geographic
Society’s world-renowned photo, graphics, and map
collections, OCEANOGRAPHY provides students
with the most dynamic and current introduction to
oceanography on the market.
• Feature boxes called INSIGHTS FROM A NATIONAL
GEOGRAPHIC EXPLORER describe the inspiring
work of National Geographic Explorers, such as ocean
www.cengageasia.com
explorer Tom Ballard, marine ecologist Enric Sala, and
oceanographer Sylvia Earle.
• The popular A STUDENT ASKS… feature at the end
of every chapter is now enhanced with A National
Geographic Explorer Answers.
• H O W D O W E K N O W ? b o x e s d e t a i l h o w
oceanographers know what they know about the
ocean. These boxes focus on fascinating topics and
improving the understanding of the process of the
scientific method.
• THINKING BEYOND THE FIGURE are critical thinking
questions for key figures.
• New end of chapter WHAT’S GOING ON HERE?
questions encourage analysis while focusing on
scientific methods and process.
FEATURES
• OCEANOGRAPHY emphasizes applications,
connections, and relationships to other fields,
demonstrating the integration of sciences that exists
in the study of oceanography and providing a balance
of physical and biological oceanography.
• QUESTIONS FROM STUDENTS at the end of each
chapter answer the most common questions that
students have about each topic, making it easier for
instructors to anticipate and address student needs
and for students to absorb and master the material.
• OCEANOGRAPHY emphasizes the theme of science
as a process, underscoring the difference between
theory and law and exploring the circular nature of
the scientific method, in which each advance in theory
suggests new questions to consider.
• Each chapter summary includes a complete CHAPTER
IN PERSPECTIVE, a useful tool that contains a narrative
review and a brief look ahead (providing continuity
between chapters). You’ll also find answers to the
CONCEPT CHECK questions interspersed throughout
the chapter, as well as critical thinking questions and
analytical questions with a mathematical emphasis
to help students review the material and prepare for
exams.
CONTENTS
1. Origins. 2. History. 3. Earth Structure and Plate
Tectonics. 4. Ocean Basins. 5. Sediments. 6. Water and
Ocean Structure. 7. Ocean Chemistry. 8. Circulation of
the Atmosphere. 9. Circulation of the Ocean. 10. Waves.
11. Tides. 12. Coasts. 13. Life in the Ocean. 14. Plankton,
107
Algae, and Plants. 15. Marine Animals. 16. Marine
Communities. 17. Marine Resources. 18. Environmental
Concerns. Afterword. Appendix I: Measurements and
Conversions. Appendix II: Geological Time. Appendix
III: Absolute and Relative Dating. Appendix IV: Latitude
and Longitude, Time, and Navigation. Appendix V: Maps
and Charts. Appendix VI: The Beaufort Scale. Appendix
VII: Calculating the Tide Generating Force. Appendix
VIII: Taxonomic Classification of Marine Organisms.
Appendix IX: Periodic Table of the Elements. Appendix
X: Working in Marine Science. Glossary. Credits. Index.
© 2013, 640pp, Paperback, 9781111990855,
Environmental
Science
Environmental Science
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND
SOLUTIONS
A Modular Approach, International Edition
Norman Myers; Scott Spoolman
Focused on and organized around environmental
issues, this innovative new book engages students
and helps them critically evaluate possible solutions to
the environmental problems we now face. The authors
outline specific environmental issues and provide the
scientific background to enable students to understand
each issue. In order to find and apply solutions to these
problems, they help students see that the problems
are not insurmountable and that something can be
done to achieve a sustainable future. The modular
chapters provide full descriptions of each of the major
environmental problems with real stories about what
people are doing to tackle the resulting challenges.
108
www.cengageasia.com
Overall, ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND SOLUTIONS:
A MODULAR APPROACH, International Edition offers
great flexibility for instructors and provides students
with tools for building a sustainable future.
FEATURES
• The highly focused issues and solutions approach
guides students through each module. Beginning with
“Why should you care,” the chapter progresses from
“What are the problems” to “What can be done” to
“A look to the future” before concluding with “What
would you do?”
• This is a modular textbook, with 14 of the total
15 modules each devoted entirely to a specific
environmental issue. The first module is an introduction
to science and sustainability concepts that form a
foundation for the course. The fundamental concepts
that apply in each module are raised again and applied
in practice as they pertain to each individual issue.
• Frequent reviews of the material include “Let’s
Review” question lists placed at regular intervals
throughout each module. These lists give students a
chance to review and reinforce material immediately
after they have studied it.
• Critical thinking activities appear toward the end of
each module and allow students to apply the material
they have studied. These activities are designed to
get students to re-read some part of the module, to
think about it, and to apply it in some way to their
own daily living.
• Engaging features illustrate key concepts and provide
encouragement. “For Instance” tells a real-world
story about how environmental issue has affected
a particular area or group of people in the world.
“Making a Difference” features a particular individual
or group of people who have succeeded in some
effort to find more sustainable ways of living or of
doing business.
• Reinforcing important concepts, the “Key Idea”
presents a brief summary statement of a major
concept that students will take away from their
reading of the module. “Consider This” offers a brief
statement about some impressive fact or statistic that
will stay with students and stimulate their thinking
as they read.
• Aplia for Environmental Science helps students
learn and understand key concepts via focused
assignments and active learning opportunities that
 include randomized, automatically graded questions,
exceptional text interaction, and immediate feedback.
CONTENTS
1. Environmental Science and Sustainability. 2. Population
Growth. 3. Urbanization. 4. Food Resources. 5. Energy
Efficiency and Renewable Energy. 6. Nonrenewable
Energy. 7. Mineral Resources. 8. Species Extinction.
9. Land Degradation. 10. Water Resources. 11. Water
Pollution. 12. Air Pollution. 13. Climate Change. 14.
Wastes. 15. Environmental Health Hazards.
© 2014, 512pp, Paperback, 9781435462328
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE, 13E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE inspires and equips
students to make a difference for the world. Featuring
sustainability as their central theme, authors Tyler
Miller and Scott Spoolman emphasize natural capital,
natural capital degradation, solutions, trade-offs, and
the importance of individuals. As a result, students
learn how nature works, how they interact with it,
and how humanity has sustained—and can continue
to sustain—its relationship with the earth by applying
nature’s lessons to economies and individual lifestyles.
Engaging features like “Core Case Studies,” “How Would
You Vote” questions, and “Thinking About” exercises
demonstrate the relevance of issues and encourage
critical thinking. Updated with new learning tools,
the latest content, and an enhanced art program, this
highly flexible book allows instructors to vary the order
of chapters and sections within chapters to meet the
needs of their courses.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• “Connections” boxes point out connections between
www.cengageasia.com
human activities and environmental consequences;
environmental and social issues; and environmental
issues and solutions.
• A quantitative “Data Analysis” or “Ecological Footprint
Analysis” exercise at the end of each chapter enables
students to focus on human impact through analysis
of emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics. New “Data and Map Analysis”
exercises have also been added to the accompanying
online resources.
• “Three Big Ideas” at the end of each chapter
summarize the three most important ideas of each
chapter.
• Chapter Review questions are more comprehensive
and now include all chapter key terms in boldface.
FEATURES
• “Connections” boxes point out connections between
human activities and environmental consequences;
environmental and social issues; and environmental
issues and solutions.
• A quantitative “Data Analysis” or “Ecological Footprint
Analysis” exercise at the end of each chapter enable
you to focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics. New “Data and Map Analysis”
exercises have also been added to the accompanying
online resources.
• “Three Big Ideas” at the end of each chapter
summarize the three most important ideas of each
chapter.
• Chapter Review questions are more comprehensive
and now include all chapter key terms in boldface.
CONTENTS
HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILITY: AN OVERVIEW.
1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes, and
Sustainability. ECOLOGY AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2.
Science, Matter, and Energy. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Evolution and
Biodiversity. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Urbanization. 7. Climate and Biodiversity.
SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 8. Sustaining Biodiversity:
The Species Approach. 9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The
Ecosystem Approach. SUSTAINING RESOURCES AND
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 10. Food, Soil, and Pest
Management. 11. Water Resources and Water Pollution.
109
12. Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 13. Energy.
14. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 15. Air
Pollution, Climate Change, and Ozone Depletion. 16.
Solid and Hazardous Waste. SUSTAINING HUMAN
SOCIETIES. 17. Environmental Economics, Politics, and
Worldviews. SUPPLEMENTS. 1. Measurement Units,
Precision, and Accuracy. 2. Reading Graphs and Maps. 3.
Maps and Data: Economics, Population, Hunger, Health,
and Waste Production. 4. Maps: Biodiversity, Ecological
Footprints, and Environmental Performance. 5. Overview
of U.S. Environmental History. 6. Some Basic Chemistry.
7. Classifying and Naming Species. 8. Weather Basics,
El Niño, Tornadoes, and Tropical Cyclones. 9. Maps and
Data: Energy and Climate. Glossary. Index.
© 2011, 552pp, Hardback, 9780495560173
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 14E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE, 14E, International Edition
inspires and equips students to make a difference for
the world. Featuring sustainability as their central
theme, authors Tyler Miller and Scott Spoolman
emphasize natural capital, natural capital degradation,
solutions, trade-offs, and the importance of individuals.
As a result, students learn how nature works, how they
interact with it, and how humanity has sustained—and
can continue to sustain—its relationship with the
earth by applying nature’s lessons to economies and
individual lifestyles. Engaging features like “Core Case
Studies, and “Connections” boxes demonstrate the
relevance of issues and encourage critical thinking.
Updated with new learning tools, the latest content,
and an enhanced art program, this highly flexible
book allows instructors to vary the order of chapters
and sections within chapters to meet the needs of
110
www.cengageasia.com
their courses. Two new active learning features that
correlate with each chapter can be found at the end
of the book. “Doing Environmental Science” offers
project ideas based on chapter content that build
critical thinking skills and integrate scientific method
principles. “Global Environmental Watch” offers online
learning activities through the Global Environment
Watch website, helping students connect the book’s
concepts to current real-world issues.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• “Doing Environmental Science” offers project ideas
based on chapter content. The projects build critical
thinking skills and integrate scientific method
principles.
• “Global Environment Watch” offers online learning
activities through the Global Environment Watch
website, helping students connect the book’s concepts
to current real-world issues.
• “Explore More” is a comprehensive online library
of case studies and short articles on important
environmental science topics. Instructors and
students can easily access over 150 short articles
to augment course discussions, expand reading
assignments, or include in student projects.
• Updated with the latest content and an enhanced
art program.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?” boxes
describe how students can make a difference and
“How Would You Vote?” questions give them an
opportunity to think critically about issues.
• REAL DATA: A quantitative “Data Analysis” or
“Ecological Footprint Analysis” exercise at the end of
the book correlate with each chapter enable you to
focus on human impact through analysis of emissions
data, population data, and other current real-life
statistics. New “Data and Map Analysis” exercises
have also been added to the accompanying online
resources.
• KEY CONCEPTS: “Three Big Ideas” at the end of the
book correlate with each chapter to summarize the
three most important ideas of each chapter.
CONTENTS
HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILITY: AN OVERVIEW.
1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes, and
Sustainability. ECOLOGY AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2.
Science, Matter, and Energy. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Urbanization. 7. Climate and Biodiversity.
SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY. 8. Sustaining Biodiversity:
The Species Approach. 9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The
Ecosystem Approach. SUSTAINING RESOURCES AND
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 10. Food, Soil, and Pest
Management. 11. Water Resources and Water Pollution.
12. Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 13. Energy.
14. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 15. Air
Pollution, Climate Change, and Ozone Depletion. 16.
Solid and Hazardous Waste. SUSTAINING HUMAN
SOCIETIES. 17. Environmental Economics, Politics,
and Worldviews. SUPPLEMENTS. Supplement 1:
Measurement Units. Supplement 2: Reading Graphs
and Maps. Supplement 3: Enviromental History of the
United States. Supplement 4: Some Basic Chemistry.
Supplement 5: Weather Basics: El Niño, Tornadoes, and
Tropical Cyclones. Supplement 6: Maps. Supplement 7:
Environmental Data and Data Analysis. Glossary. Index.
© 2013, 576pp, Paperback, 9781133104391
www.cengageasia.com
LAB MANUAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCE
Brooks/Cole Publishing Co.
New to support the Miller’s Environmental Science
texts, this lab manual includes both hands-on and data
analysis labs to help students develop a range of skills.
Create a custom version of this lab manual by adding
labs that you have developed or choose from our
collection with Cengage Custom Publishing.
FEATURES
• Includes both hands-on and data analysis labs and
activities to help students develop a wider range
of skills and gain greater insight on environmental
science.
CONTENTS
Forward. Lab 1 Introduction to Experimental Design.
Lab 2 The Tragedy of the Commons - A Classroom
Simulation Exercise. Lab 3 Population Growth. Lab 4
Biomagnification Through a Food Chain. Lab 5 Food
Webs. Lab 6 A Comparison of Owl Pellets from Two
Regions. Lab 7 Community Ecology: Forest Plot Analysis.
Lab 8 Allelopathy Lab. Lab 9 Butcher the Biomes. Lab
10 Does Land Use Affect Soil Texture and Permeability?
Lab 11 Soil Animals and Plant Decomposition. Lab
12 Colorimetric Determination of Free Chlorine in
Drinking Water. Lab 13 Life in a Watershed. Lab 14
Know Your Neighborhood. Lab 15 Oil Spill! Lab 16
Human Health Risk Assessment from Exposure to
Chemicals in Drinking Water. Lab 17 Use of a Portable
Sampler to Measure Total Suspended Particulates.
Lab 18 Alternative Transportation Fuels. Lab 19 Are
We Consuming our Biosphere? Lab 20 Applying and
Analyzing Cost-Benefit Analysis. Lab 21 Why is Your
Footprint so Big?
111
© 2009, 208pp, Paperback, 9780495560241
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT, HIGH
SCHOOL LEVEL 4, 17E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
© 2012, 896pp, Hardback, 9780538493833
LIVING IN THE ENVIRONMENT,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 17E
G. Tyler Miller Jr.; Scott Spoolman
Sustainability is the integrating theme of this
current and thought-provoking book. LIVING IN THE
ENVIRONMENT, 17e, International Edition provides the
basic scientific tools for understanding and thinking
critically about the environment. Co-authors G. Tyler
Miller and Scott Spoolman inspire students to take a
positive approach toward finding and implementing
useful environmental solutions in their own lives and
in their careers. Updated with the most up-to-date
information, art, and “Good News” examples, the text
engages and motivates students with vivid case studies
and hands-on quantitative exercises. The concept-
centered approach transforms complex environmental
topics and issues into key concepts that students will
understand and remember. Overall, by framing the
112
www.cengageasia.com
concepts with goals for more sustainable lifestyles and
human communities, students see how promising the
future can be.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW: “Good News” logos mark areas in the text that
present positive developments in efforts to deal with
environmental problems.
• NEW: “Connections” boxes in each chapter briefly
describe connections between human activities and
environmental consequences, environmental and
social issues, and environmental issues and solutions.
• NEW: Over half of the book’s 25 chapters have new
“Core Case Studies” that are threaded throughout
each chapter. These case studies explore current and
relevant environmental topics and place them in the
context of sustainability for the student.
• NEW: “Three Big Ideas” appear near the end of every
chapter, reinforcing key take-away ideas students
can apply.
• NEW: Enhanced art program includes a wealth of new
and updated figures, new photos, and a new design
that reinforces and enhances learning.
FEATURES
• CENTRAL THEME OF SUSTAINABILITY: Three clearly
explained principles of sustainability (solar energy,
chemical cycling, and biodiversity) are integrated
throughout every chapter and take students through
the practical steps they can take toward more
sustainable lifestyles. Icons highlight sustainability
throughout the text.
• CONCEPT-CENTERED APPROACH: To help students
focus on the main ideas, each major chapter section is
built around one to two key concepts which state the
most important take-away messages of each chapter.
• PERSONAL RELEVANCE: “What Can You Do?”
boxes describe how students can make a difference
and “How Would You Vote?” questions give them
an opportunity to think critically about issues.
“Solutions” subsections present proven and possible
solutions for students to explore and “Individuals
Matter” boxes describe what various concerned
citizens and scientists have done to help work toward
sustainability.
• REAL DATA: Each chapter includes a quantitative Data
Analysis or Ecological Footprint Analysis exercise.
Data Analysis exercises include graphs and real-
 life data that students refer to directly to answer
quantitative questions. Ecological Footprint Analysis
exercises focus on human impact through analysis of
emissions data, population data, and other current
real-life statistics.
• OBJECTIVE COVERAGE: A strong emphasis on
scientific objectivity and the need for non-biased
solutions is a hallmark of the text. “Trade-Offs”
boxes present advantages and disadvantages of
various environmental technologies and solutions to
environmental problems.
CONTENTS
PART I: HUMANS AND SUSTAINABILIT Y: AN
OVERVIEW. 1. Environmental Problems, Their Causes,
and Sustainability. PART II: SCIENCE, ECOLOGICAL
PRINCIPLES, AND SUSTAINABILITY. 2. Science,
Matter, Energy, and Systems. 3. Ecosystems: What
Are They and How Do They Work? 4. Biodiversity
and Evolution. 5. Biodiversity, Species Interactions,
and Population Control. 6. The Human Population
and Its Impact. 7. Climate and Biodiversity. 8. Aquatic
Biodiversity. PART III: SUSTAINING BIODIVERSITY.
9. Sustaining Biodiversity: The Species Approach. 10.
Sustaining Terrestrial Biodiversity: The Ecosystem
Approach. 11. Sustaining Aquatic Biodiversity. PART
IV: SUSTAINING NATURAL RESOURCES. 12. Food,
Soil, and Pest Management. 13. Water Resources. 14.
Geology and Nonrenewable Minerals. 15. Nonrenewable
Energy. 16. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
PART V: SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY.
17. Environmental Hazards and Human Health. 18. Air
Pollution. 19. Climate Change and Ozone Depletion.
20. Water Pollution. 21. Solid and Hazardous Waste.
22. Citiesand Sustainability. PART VI: SUSTAINING
HUMAN SOCIETIES. 23. Economics, Environment,
and Sustainability. 24. Politics, Environment, and
Sustainability. 25. Environmental Worldviews, Ethics,
and Sustainability. SUPPLEMENTS.
© 2012, 784pp, Paperback, 9780538735353
www.cengageasia.com
Oceanography
Oceanography
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 7E
Tom S. Garrison, Orange Coast College
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 7e provides
students with a basic understanding of the scientific
questions, complexities, and uncertainties involved in
ocean use, and the role and importance of oceans in
nurturing and sustaining life on the planet. The new
edition was created as part of a unique partnership with
the National Geographic Society, an organization that
represents a tradition of inspiring stories, exceptional
research, and first-hand accounts of exploration.
Using exclusive content from the National Geographic
Society’s world-renowned photos, graphics, and map
collections, ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY 7e gives
students the most dynamic and current introduction
to oceanography available today. Bestselling author
Tom Garrison illustrates the interdisciplinary nature
of marine science, allowing students to see its links
to biology, chemistry, geology, physics, meteorology,
astronomy, ecology, history, and economics. New
features including Thinking Beyond the Figure
questions and Closer Look boxes help students develop
critical thinking skills and a deeper understanding of
the scientific method.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Increased Emphasis on the process of science
throughout. The first chapter’s discussion of the
nature of science has been expanded, and underlying
assumptions and limitations are discussed throughout
the book.
• New Thinking Beyond the Figure questions encourage
113
 active learning and develop critical thinking skills. The
questions typically ask students to analyze processes
and outcomes depicted in the figure, focusing student
attention once again on scientific methods and
process.
• New Closer Look boxes focus on fascinating topics
of student interest while also building student
understanding of the process of the scientific method.
• New Insight from a National Geographic Explorer
Boxes in selected chapters. These boxes feature the
work of a National Geographic Explorer or science
program grantee.
• Media Connection: A “chapter-starter” offering
links to podcast and video, often featuring National
Geographic content.
• New Global Geoscience Watch Activities help
students learn how to use an extensive database
of oceanographic articles and other materials that
are updated several times a day and are available
exclusively for users of this book.
FEATURES
• Increased Emphasis on the process of science
throughout. The first chapter’s discussion of the
nature of science has been expanded, and underlying
assumptions and limitations are discussed throughout
the book.
• New Thinking Beyond the Figure questions encourage
active learning and develop critical thinking skills. The
questions typically ask students to analyze processes
and outcomes depicted in the figure, focusing student
attention once again on scientific methods and
process.
• New Closer Look boxes focus on fascinating topics
of student interest while also building a deeper
understanding of the process of the scientific method.
• Course Customization Resources on the Deepwater
Horizon Oil Spill and more: Three new Oceanography
Modules help you keep your course relevant and
timely. Consider customizing your text with a
capstone coverage on one or more of these important
topics. 1) Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill 2) The Science
Behind the Ocean’s “Garbage Patches” 3) Underwater
Research.
CONTENTS
Brief Contents: 1. The Origin of the Ocean. 2. A History
of Marine Science. 3. Earth Structure and Plate Tectonics.
114
www.cengageasia.com
4. Ocean Basins. 5. Ocean Sediments. 6. Water. 7.
Atmospheric Circulation. 8. Ocean Circulation. 9.
Waves. 10. Tides. 11. Coasts. 12. Life in the Ocean. 13.
Pelagic Communities. 14. Benthic Communities. 15. Uses
and Abuses of the Ocean. Appendix I Measurements and
Conversions. Appendix II Geological Time. Appendix III
Absolute and Relative Dating. Appendix IV Maps and
Charts. Appendix V Latitude and Longitude, Time, and
Navigation. Appendix VI The Law of the Sea Governs
Marine Resource Allocation. Appendix VII Working in
Marine Science. Glossary. Index.
© 2015, 384pp, Paperback, 9781285753867
ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY,
INTERNATIONAL EDITION, 6E
Tom S. Garrison, Orange Coast College
The sixth edition of ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY,
International Edition conveys Garrison’s enthusiasm
for oceanography to non-science students taking the
introductory course. It is a streamlined version of his
bestselling OCEANOGRAPHY, International Edition
text, but was created specifically to meet the needs
of instructors who prefer a shorter text. This edition
incorporates global climate change as a recurring
theme. ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 6e,
International Edition provides students with a basic
understanding of the scientific questions, complexities,
and uncertainties involved in ocean use, and the role
and importance of oceans in nurturing and sustaining
life on the planet.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• A new box entitled About the Ocean World /
A Student Asks… is designed to spark student
excitement about oceanography and expand active
learning opportunities. This new boxed feature
 in every chapter highlights questions received
from inquisitive students. The sections present
current scientific understandings in answer to these
fascinating questions and establish connections
to chapter content. They also offer suggestions for
student inquiry and discovery.
• Expanded and Fully Integrated Pedagogy: A new
section called Chapter Preview offers a concise
description of 4-6 main ideas covered in the chapter.
After each major section in the chapter Brief Review
sections help students focus on the major points. At
the end of chapters, a Chapter Summary provides
a brief narrative summary of contents and Study
Questions help students apply what they have
learned, creating a fully integrated learning system
for each chapter.
• Course Customization Resources on the Deepwater
Horizon Oil Spill and more: Three new Oceanography
Modules help you keep your course relevant and
timely. Consider customizing your text with a
capstone coverage on one or more of these important
topics.1) Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill 2) The Science
Behind the Ocean’s “Garbage Patches” 3) Underwater
Research.
• Global Geoscience Watch: Updated several times
a day, the Global Geoscience Watch is a focused
portal into GREENR – our Global Reference on the
Environment, Energy, and Natural Resources – an
ideal one-stop site for classroom discussion and
research projects for all things geoscience! Broken
into the four key course areas (Geography, Geology,
Meteorology, and Oceanography), you can easily get
to the most relevant content available for your course.
You and your students will have access to the latest
information from trusted academic journals, news
outlets, and magazines. You also will receive access
to statistics, primary sources, case studies, podcasts,
and much more!
• Updated Design and Even More Spectacular Visuals:
A new text design allows for even more photos and
visual learning. A more spacious “look and feel”
offers students an even more inviting introduction
to Oceanography.
FEATURES
• ESSENTIALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY, 6e, International
Edition continues to emphasize the interdisciplinary
nature of marine science, stressing its connections
www.cengageasia.com
with astronomy, physics, chemistry, meteorology,
geology, biology, ecology, history, and economics.
Using an engaging writing style, author Tom Garrison
helps students gain “an oceanic perspective” in
which water, continents, seafloors, sunlight, storms,
seaweeds, and society are connected in subtle and
beautiful ways.
• Global climate change is integrated throughout this
text. Icons presented both on chapter outlines and
in the text itself show readers where global climate
change topics are covered and also help them make
connections to overall chapter content.
• Each chapter of the book includes a fully integrated
learning system. A Preview of 4-6 main points begins
each chapter, a Brief Review summarizes each
section in the chapter, and a Chapter Summary helps
students crystallize what they have learned and Study
Questions help them apply what they have learned.
• Student learning is enhanced by an art program that
includes over 200 separate illustrations and 250
photos. Chapter Opener Photos are supported by a
short Vignette that puts the photo in perspective and
motivates chapter content.
CONTENTS
1. Origins. 2. History. 3. Earth Structure and Plate
Tectonics. 4. Ocean Basins. 5. Sediments. 6. Water.
7. Atmospheric Circulation. 8. Ocean Circulation. 9.
Waves. 10. Tides. 11. Coasts. 12. Life in the Ocean. 13.
Pelagic Communities. 14. Benthic Communities. 15.
Uses and Abuses of the Ocean. Afterword. Appendix
I: Measurements and Conversions. Appendix II:
Geological Time. Appendix III: Latitude and Longitude,
Time, and Navigation. Appendix IV: Maps and Charts.
Appendix V: Working in Marine Science. Glossary.
Credits. Index.
© 2012, 496pp, Paperback, 9780840061577
115
 • Meets all the objectives of the International Maritime
Organization’s (IMO) course on ECDIS
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Legal Aspects and Requirements. Chapter
2. Principal Types of Electronic Charts. Chapter 3. Basic
Navigational Functions and Settings. Chapter 4. ECDIS
Data. Chapter 5. Presentation of ECDIS Data. Chapter
6. Sensors. Chapter 7. Route Planning. Chapter 8. Route
Monitoring. Chapter 9. Updating of Charts. Chapter 10.
SAFE NAVIGATION WITH ELECTRONIC Documentation. Chapter 11. Making the ECDIS a Safe
Tool for Navigation. Appendix I. Appendix II.
CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION
SYSTEMS (ECDIS) © 2012, 266pp, Hardback, 9789814384971
Captain Ashok Mulloth, Singapore Maritime Academy, Singapore
Polytechnic

Safe Navigation with Electronic Chart Display and

Information Systems (ECDIS)is written with the aim of
providing watch-keeping officers with an overview of
the Electronic Chart Display and Information System
(ECDIS) and electronic charts. From July 2012 onward,
all new passenger vessels and new tankers will have to
be fitted with ECDISs and by the year 2018, the ECDIS
equipment will become mandatory on all seagoing
vessels. As such, all deck officers on seagoing vessels
will need to be competent in operating the ECDIS to
ensure safe navigation. Accompanied by numerous
enhanced graphics, this book meets the learning
objectives of the International Maritime Organisation’s
model course on ECDIS and enables easy reading and
understanding of the ECDIS theory and its operational
procedures. The operational procedures illustrated in
this book are modeled on the Transas ECDIS; although
the operational procedures of the ECDIS equipment
vary with equipment manufacturers, the concepts
are similar. The book also includes two appendices
illustrating the operational procedures of the MARIS
and the Kelvin Hughes ECDIS.
FEATURES
• Aims to make navigating officers competent users of
ECDIS in a short period of time
• Explains the key operational procedures in a linear
and systematic manner
• Both the ECDIS theory and operation are combined
in one book
• Includes several graphics that make understanding
of the content easier

116
www.cengageasia.com
 Combined Author/Title Index

A Environmental Science, 13e, p.8/p.109

A Problem-Based Guide to Basic Genetics, 5e, p.16
Ahrens, Essentials of Meteorology, 6e, p.96
Ahrens, Essentials of Meteorology, 7e, p.97
Ahrens, Meteorology Today, 10e, p.99
Ahrens/Samson, Extreme Weather and Climate, International
Edition, p.98
Amitrano/Tortora, Update: Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory
Manual, 8e, p.24
Amitrano/Tortora, Update: Laborator y Exercises in Anatomy
and Physiology with Cat Dissections, 8e, p.26
Animal Physiology, 2e, p.2
B
Berg, Introductory Botany, 2e, p.64
Biochemistry, International Edition, 7e, p.3
Biology Today & Tomorrow with Physiology, 4e, p.59
Biology Today and Tomorrow with Physiology, International
Edition, 4e, p.60
Biology Today and Tomorrow without Physiology, 4e, p.31
Biology, 8e
Biology, 10e, p.51
Biology, 13e, p.30
Biology:A Humnan Emphasis,9E
Biology, International Edition, 13e, p.30
Biology: Concepts and Applications, International Edition, 8e,
p.45
Biology: Concepts and Applications, International Edition, 9e,
p.56
Biology: Concepts and Applications without Physiology,
International Edition, 8e, p.43
Biology: Concepts and Applications without Physiology, 9e,
p.54
Biology, International Edition, 9e, p.42
Biology: Organisms and Adaptations, International Edition, p.53
Biology: The Dynamic Science, Volume 2, Unit 3, 4, 7, 2e, p.46
Biology: The Dynamic Science, Volume 3, Unit 5 & 6, 2e, p.47
Biology: The Dynamic Science, Volume 1, Unit 1 & 2, 3e, p.49
Biology: The Dynamic Science, Internatonal Edition, 3e, p.50
Brooks/Cole, Geology Resource Center, p.86
Brooks/Cole, Lab Manual for Environmental Science, p.12/p.66/
p.93/p.111
C Human Biology, International Edition, 10e, p.28
Campbell/Farrell, Biochemistry, International Edition, 7e, p.3
Cell Biology and Genetics, Volume 1, International Edition, 13e,
p.32
Cheng, Renal Physiology: Figure-Based Instruction, 2e, p.23
Cronkite, A Problem-Based Guide to Basic Genetics, 5e, p.16
Cummings, Human Heredity, 10e, p.18
E Introduction to Human Physiology, International Edition, 8e,
EARTH (with CourseMate Printed Access Card), 2e, p.80
EARTH (with CourseMate with Virtual Field Trips in Geology,
Volume 1 Printed Access Card), p.90
Earth Lab, 3e, p.81/p.92/p.102
Environmental Issues and Solutions, p.7/p.108
Environmental Science, International Edition, 14e, p.110
Essentials of Ecology, 7e, p.5/p.9
Essentials of Ecology, International Edition, 6e, p.6/p.11
Essentials of Meteorology, 6e, p.96
Essentials of Meteorology, 7e, p.97
Essentials of Oceanography, 7e, p.103/p.113
Essentials of Oceanography, International Edition, 6e,
p.104/p.114
Essentials of Physical Geology, International Edition, 5e, p.82
Essentials of Physiology, International Edition, 4e, p.19
Extreme Weather and Climate, International Edition, p.98
F
Fundamentals of Human Physiology, 4e, p.20
Fundamentals of Physical Geography, 2e, p.73
Fundamentals of Physical Geography, International Edition,
p.74
Fundamentals of World Regional Geography, International
Edition, 3e, p.75
G
GEOL (with Earth Science CourseMate with eBook Printed
Access Card), 2e, p.83
Garrison, Essentials of Oceanography, 7e, p.103/p.113
Garrison, Essentials of Oceanography, International Edition,
6e, p.104/p.114
Garrison, Oceanography, 8e, p.107
Geology Resource Center, p.86
Geology and the Environment, International Edition, 7e, p.85
H
Hendrix/Thompson, EARTH (with CourseMate Printed Access
Card), 2e, p.80
High School Level 1 for Biology, 9e, p.61
High School Level 1 for Karleskint’s Introduction to Marine
Biology, 4e, p.61
Historical Geology, International Edition, 7e, p.86
Hobbs, Fundamentals of World Regional Geography,
International Edition, 3e, p.75
Hobbs, World Regional Geography, International Edition, 6e,
p.79
Human Genetics and Society, International Edition, 2e, p.17
Human Heredity, 10e, p.18
Human Physiology, 8e, p.21
Hyndman/Hyndman, Natural Hazards and Disasters,
International Edition, 4e, p.101
I
p.22
Introduction to Marine Biology, International Edition, 4e, p.62
Introduction to Medical Technology with Science, Technology,
and Society, p.4
Introductory Botany, 2e, p.64

www.cengageasia.com 117
Combined Author/Title Index
K National Geographic Learning, National Geographic Learning
Karleskint/Turner/Small, High School Level 1 for Karleskint’s
Introduction to Marine Biology, 4e, p.61
Karleskint/Turner/Small, Introduction to Marine Biology,
International Edition, 4e, p.62
Karleskint/Turner/Small, Lab Manual for Karleskint/Turner/
Small’s Introduction to Marine Biology, 4th, 4e, p.64
L
Lab Manual for Environmental Science, p.12/p.66/p.93/p.111
Lab Manual for Karleskint/Turner/Small’s Introduction to
Marine Biology, 4th, 4e, p.64
Lab Manual for Majors General Biology, p.33/p.65
Lab Manual for Petersen/Sack/Gabler’s Fundamentals of
Physical Geography, 2nd, 2e, p.76
Laboratory Manual for Human Biology, 2e, p.29
Laboratory Manual for Human Biology, International Edition,
2e, p.34
Laboratory Manual for Non-Majors Biology, International
Edition, 6e, p.35
Lett, Study Guide for Hobbs/Salters’ World Regional Geology,
6th, 6e, p.78
Living in the Environment, 18e, p.12/p.67
Living in the Environment, High School Level 4, 17e, p.13/p.68/
p.93/p.112
Living in the Environment, International Edition, 17e, p.13/p.68/
p.93/p.112
M
Meteorology Today, 10e, p.99
Miller/Spoolman, Environmental Science, 13e, p.8/p.109
Miller/Spoolman, Environmental Science, International
Edition, 14e, p.110
Miller/Spoolman, Essentials of Ecology, 7e, p.5/p.9
Miller/Spoolman, Essentials of Ecology, International Edition,
6e, p.6/p.11
Miller/Spoolman, Living in the Environment, 18e, p.12/p.67
Miller/Spoolman, Living in the Environment, High School Level
4, 17e, p.14/p.68/p.93/p.112
Miller/Spoolman, Living in the Environment, International
Edition, 17e, p.14/p.68/p.93/p.112
Miller/Spoolman, Sustaining the Earth, 11e, p.15/p.71
Monroe/Wicander, The Changing Earth, 6e, p.88
Monroe/Wicander, The Changing Earth, 7e, p.89
Morton/Perry/Perry, Laboratory Manual for Human Biology,
2e, p.29
Morton/Perry/Perry, Laboratory Manual for Human Biology,
International Edition, 2e, p.34
Mulloth, Safe Navigation with Electronic Chart Display and
Information Systems (ECDIS), p.116
Myers/Spoolman, Environmental Issues and Solutions,
p.7/p.108
N Solomon/Martin/Martin/Berg, Biology, 10e, p.51
National Geographic Learning Reader, p.61/p.70
National Geographic Learning Reader: Water, p.70/p.76/p.87/
p.95/p.100
118
www.cengageasia.com
Reader, p.61/p.70
National Geographic Learning, National Geographic Learning
Reader: Water, p.70/p.76/p.87/p.95/p.100
Natural Hazards and Disasters, International Edition, 4e, p.101
Noyd/Krueger/Hill, Biology: Organisms and Adaptations,
International Edition, p.53
O
Oceanography, 8e, p.107
Owen/Pirie/Draper, Earth Lab, 3e, p.81/p.92/p.102
P
Perry/Morton/Perry, Lab Manual for Majors General Biology,
p.33/p.65
Perry/Morton/Perry, Laboratory Manual for Non-Majors
Biology, International Edition, 6e, p.35
Petersen/Sack/Gabler, Fundamentals of Physical Geography,
2e, p.73
Petersen/Sack/Gabler, Fundamentals of Physical Geography,
International Edition, p.74
Petersen/Sack/Gabler, Lab Manual for Petersen/Sack/Gabler’s
Fundamentals of Physical Geography, 2nd, 2e, p.76
Petersen/Sack/Gabler, Physical Geography, International
Edition, 10e, p.77
Physical Geography, International Edition, 10e, p.77
Pipkin/Trent/Hazlett/Bierman, Geology and the Environment,
International Edition, 7e, p.85
R
Renal Physiology: Figure-Based Instruction, 2e, p.23
Russell/Hertz/McMillan, Biology: The Dynamic Science,
Internatonal Edition, 3e, p.50
Russell/Hertz/McMillan, Biology: The Dynamic Science,
Volume 1 (Units 1 & 2), 3e, p.49
Russell/Hertz/McMillan, Biology: The Dynamic Science,
Volume 2, Unit 3, 4, 7, 2e, p.46
Russell/Hertz/McMillan, Biology: The Dynamic Science,
Volume 3, Unit 5 & 6, 2e, p.47
S
Safe Navigation with Electronic Chart Display and Information
Systems (ECDIS), p.116
Sherwood, Essentials of Physiology, International Edition, 4e,
p.19
Sherwood, Fundamentals of Human Physiology, 4e, p.20
Sherwood, Human Physiology, 8e, p.21
Sherwood, Introduction to Human Physiology, International
Edition, 8e, p.22
Sherwood/Klandorf/Yancey, Animal Physiology, 2e, p.2
Solomon/Berg/Martin, Biology, International Edition, 9e, p.42
Solomon/Berg/Martin, High School Level 1 for Biology, 9e, p.61
Starr/Evers/Starr, Biology: Starr/Evers/Starr, A Humnan
Emphasis,9E
Starr, Starr, Biology: Concepts and Applications, International
Edition, 8e, p.4
 Combined Author/Title Index

Starr, Biology: Concepts and Applications without Physiology, Wicander/Monroe, GEOL (with Earth Science CourseMate
International Edition, 8e, p.43 with eBook Printed Access Card), 2e, p.83
Starr/Evers/Starr, Biology Today & Tomorrow with Physiology, Wicander/Monroe, Historical Geology, International Edition,
4e, p.59 7e, p.86
Starr/Evers/Starr, Biology Today and Tomorrow with World Regional Geography, International Edition, 6e, p.79
Physiology, International Edition, 4e, p.60
Starr/Evers/Starr, Biology Today and Tomorrow without Y
Physiology, 4e, p.31
Starr/Evers/Starr, Biology, 9e, p.54/p.56/p.57 Yashon/Cummings, Human Genetics and Society, International
Starr/McMillan, Human Biology, International Edition, 10e, Edition, 2e, p.17
p.28
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Biology, 13e, p.30
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Biology, International Edition, 13e,
p.30
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Cell Biology and Genetics, Volume
1, International Edition, 13e, p.32
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 1 - Cell Biology and
Genetics, 13e, p.37
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 2 - Evolution of Life, 13e,
p.38
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 3 - Diversity of Life, 13e,
p.38
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 4 - Plant Structure &
Function, 13e, p.39
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 5 - Animal Structure &
Function, 13e, p.40
Starr/Taggart/Evers/Starr, Volume 6 - Ecology & Behavior, 13e,
p.41
Study Guide for Hobbs/Salters’ World Regional Geology, 6th,
6e, p.78
Suba/Florida, Introduction to Medical Technology with
Science, Technology, and Society, p.4
Sustaining the Earth, 11e, p.15/p.71

T
The Changing Earth, 6e, p.88
The Changing Earth, 7e, p.89
Thompson/Turk, EARTH (with CourseMate with Virtual Field
Trips in Geology, Volume 1 Printed Access Card), p.90

U
Update: Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e, p.24
Update: Laboratory Exercises in Anatomy and Physiology with
Cat Dissections, 8e, p.26

V
Volume 1 - Cell Biology and Genetics, 13e, p.37
Volume 2 - Evolution of Life, 13e, p.38
Volume 3 - Diversity of Life, 13e, p.38
Volume 4 - Plant Structure & Function, 13e, p.39
Volume 5 - Animal Structure & Function, 13e, p.40
Volume 6 - Ecology & Behavior, 13e, p.41

W
Wicander/Monroe, Essentials of Physical Geology,
International Edition, 5e, p.82

www.cengageasia.com 119
ORDER FORM /
PRICE LIST

QTY YEAR ISBN NO. AUTHOR TITLE/EDITION PAGE NO. PRICE(USD)

A
__ 2008 9780495384687 Cronkite A Problem-Based Guide to Basic Genetics, 5e p.16 83.95
__ 2013 9781111988715 Sherwood Animal Physiology, 2e p.2 259.95
B
__ 2012 9781111425647 Campbell Biochemistry, International Edition, 7e p.3 276.95
__ 2014 9781285191218 Noyd Biology: Organisms and Adaptations, International Edition p.53 168.95
__ 2013 9781133590835 Starr Biology Today & Tomorrow with Physiology, 4e p.59 259.95
__ 2013 9781133590552 Starr Biology Today and Tomorrow with Physiology, International p.60 212.95
Edition, 4e
__ 2013 9781133365365 Starr Biology Today and Tomorrow without Physiology, 4e p.31 190.95
__ 2015 9781285423586 Solomon Biology, 10e p.51 256.95
__ 2013 9781111580971 Starr Biology, 13e p.30 182.95
__ 2013 9781111580988 Starr Biology, International Edition, 13e p.30 289.95
__ 2012 9780538493734 Russell Biology: The Dynamic Science,Volume 2, Units 3, 4, 7, 2e p.46 120.95
__ 2012 9780538493741 Russell Biology: The Dynamic Science,Volume 3 Units 5 & 6, 2e p.47 120.95
__ 2014 9781133592044 Russell Biology: The Dynamic Science,Volume 1, (Units 1 & 2) 3e p.49 126.95
__ 2014 9781133592051 Russell Biology: The Dynamic Science, International Edition, 3e p.50 299.95
__ 2011 9780538736183 Starr Biology: Concepts and Application without Physiology, 8e p.43 226.95
__ 2011 9780538739368 Starr Biology: Concepts and Applications, International Edition, p.45 236.95
8e
__ 2015 9781285427812 Starr Biology: Concepts and Applications, 9e p.56 236.95
__ 2015 9781285427829 Starr Biology: A Human Emphasis, 9e p.57 193.95
__ 2015 9781285427836 Starr Biology: Concepts and Application without Physiology, 9e p.54 226.95
__ 2011 9780538741439 Solomon Biology, International Edition, 9e p.42 318.95
C
__ 2013 9781111580995 Starr Cell Biology and Genetics,Volume 1, International Edition, p.32 137.95
13e
E
__ 2015 9781285442266 Hendrix EARTH (with CourseMate Printed Access Card), 2e p.80 83.95
__ 2011 9780538740999 Thompson EARTH (with CourseMate with Virtual Field Trips in p.90 82.95
Geology,Volume 1 Printed Access Card)
__ 2011 9780538737012 Owen Earth Lab, 3e p.81/p.92/p.102 162.95
__ 2014 9781435462328 Myers Environmental Issues and Solutions p.7/p.108 159.95
__ 2011 9780495560173 Miller Environmental Science, 13e p.8/p.109 228.95
__ 2013 9781133104391 Miller Environmental Science, International Edition, 14e p.110 186.95
__ 2015 9781285197265 Miller Essentials of Ecology, 7e p.5/p.9 196.95
__ 2012 9780538735377 Miller Essentials of Ecology, International Edition, 6e p.6/p.11 196.95
__ 2012 9780840053084 Ahrens Essentials of Meteorology, 6e p.96 195.95
__ 2015 9781285462363 Ahrens Essentials of Meteorology, 7e p.97 195.95

• Prices quoted here are correct at time of printing and are subject to change without prior notice
QTY YEAR ISBN NO. AUTHOR TITLE/EDITION PAGE NO. PRICE(USD)

__ 2015 9781285753867 Garrison Essentials of Oceanography, 7e p.103/p.113 241.95

__ 2012 9780840061577 Garrison Essentials of Oceanography, International Edition, 6e p.104/p.114 241.95
__ 2009 9780495555087 Wicander Essentials of Physical Geology, International Edition, 5e p.82 212.95
__ 2012 9780840062376 Sherwood Essentials of Physiology, International Edition, 4e p.19 268.95
__ 2011 9781439049136 Ahrens Extreme Weather and Climate, International Edition p.98 177.95
F
__ 2012 9780840062253 Sherwood Fundamentals of Human Physiology, 4e p.20 268.95
__ 2015 9781133606536 Petersen Fundamentals of Physical Geography, 2e p.73 158.95
__ 2011 9780538736589 Petersen Fundamentals of Physical Geography, International Edition p.74 158.95
__ 2013 9781133113904 Hobbs Fundamentals of World Regional Geography, International p.75 201.95
Edition, 3e
G
__ 2013 9781133108696 Wicander GEOL (with Earth Science CourseMate with eBook p.83 84.95
Printed Access Card), 2e
__ 2014 9781133958208 Pipkin Geology and the Environment, International Edition, 7e p.85 263.95
__ 2009 9780495828457 Brooks/Cole Geology Resource Center p.86 0.00
H
__ 2011 9780538495646 Solomon High School Level 1 for Biology, 9e p.61 182.95
__ 2013 9781133586678 Karleskint High School Level 1 for Karleskint’s Introduction to p.61 231.95
Marine Biology, 4e
__ 2013 9781111987312 Wicander Historical Geology, International Edition, 7e p.86 232.95
__ 2014 9781133599234 Starr Human Biology, International Edition, 10e p.28 245.95
__ 2012 9780538735339 Yashon Human Genetics and Society, International Edition, 2e p.17 265.95
__ 2014 9781133108634 Cummings Human Heredity, 10e p.18 267.95
__ 2013 9789814568913 Sherwood Human Physiology, 8e p.21 302.95
I
__ 2013 9781133104544 Sherwood Introduction to Human Physiology, International Edition, 8e p.22 308.95
__ 2013 9781133365068 Karleskint Introduction to Marine Biology, International Edition, 4e p.62 259.95
__ 2014 9789814441018 Suba Introduction to Medical Technology with Science, p.4 49.95
Technology, and Society
__ 2008 9780495383680 Berg Introductory Botany, 2e p.64 272.95
L
__ 2009 9780495560241 Brooks/Cole Lab Manual for Environmental Science p.12/p.66/ 109.95
p.93/p.111
__ 2013 9781133589808 Karleskint Lab Manual for Karleskint/Turner/Small’s Introduction to p.64 35.95
Marine Biology, 4th, 4e
__ 2008 9780495115052 Perry Lab Manual for Majors General Biology p.33/p.65 177.95
__ 2015 9781133933632 Petersen Lab Manual for Petersen/Sack/Gabler’s Fundamentals of p.76 68.95
Physical Geography, 2nd, 2e
__ 2012 9780840049438 Morton Laboratory Manual for Human Biology, 2e p.29 172.95
__ 2012 9781111577360 Morton Laboratory Manual for Human Biology, International p.34 172.95
Edition, 2e
__ 2013 9781111989545 Perry Laboratory Manual for Non-Majors Biology, International p.35 177.95
Edition, 6e
__ 2015 9781133940135 Miller Living in the Environment, 18e p.12/p.67 254.95

• Prices quoted here are correct at time of printing and are subject to change without prior notice
QTY YEAR ISBN NO. AUTHOR TITLE/EDITION PAGE NO. PRICE(USD)

__ 2012 9780538493833 Miller Living in the Environment, High School Level 4, 17e p.13/p.68/ 151.95
p.93/p.112
__ 2012 9780538735353 Miller Living in the Environment, International Edition, 17e p.13/p.68/ 254.95
p.93/p.112
M
__ 2013 9780840058157 Ahrens Meteorology Today, 10e p.99 217.95
N
__ 2013 9781133935278 National National Geographic Learning Reader p.61/p.70 29.95
Geographic
Learning
__ 2013 9781133603672 National National Geographic Learning Reader: Water p.70/p.76/p.87/ 29.95
Geographic p.95/p.100
Learning
__ 2014 9781133598640 Hyndman Natural Hazards and Disasters, International Edition, 4e p.101 222.95
O
__ 2013 9781111990855 Garrison Oceanography, 8e p.107 259.95
P
__ 2012 9781111428136 Petersen Physical Geography, International Edition, 10e p.77 233.95
R
__ 2011 9789814319850 Cheng Renal Physiology: Figure-Based Instruction, 2e p.23 31.95
S
__ 2012 9789814384971 Mulloth Safe Navigation with Electronic Chart Display and p.116 150.00
Information Systems (ECDIS)
__ 2009 9780495391012 Lett Study Guide for Hobbs/Salters’ World Regional Geology, p.78 85.95
6th, 6e
__ 2015 9781285769493 Miller Sustaining the Earth, 11e p.15/p.71 130.95
T
__ 2012 9780840062123 Monroe The Changing Earth, 6e p.88 233.95
__ 2015 9781285733418 Monroe The Changing Earth, 7e p.89 233.95
U
__ 2013 9781133365488 Amitrano Update: Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Manual, 8e p.24 162.95
__ 2013 9781133365471 Amitrano Update: Laboratory Exercises in Anatomy and Physiology p.26 162.95
with Cat Dissections, 8e
V
__ 2013 9781111579852 Starr Volume 1 - Cell Biology and Genetics, 13e p.37 137.95
__ 2013 9781111580667 Starr Volume 2 - Evolution of Life, 13e p.38 51.95
__ 2013 9781111580674 Starr Volume 3 - Diversity of Life, 13e p.38 56.95
__ 2013 9781111580681 Starr Volume 4 - Plant Structure & Function, 13e p.39 56.95
__ 2013 9781111580742 Starr Volume 5 - Animal Structure & Function, 13e p.40 90.95
__ 2013 9781111580698 Starr Volume 6 - Ecology & Behavior, 13e p.41 56.95
W
__ 2009 9780495553946 Hobbs World Regional Geography, International Edition, 6e p.79 262.95

• Prices quoted here are correct at time of printing and are subject to change without prior notice
eTextbooks with more tools
to enrich your learning experience!
CengageBrain
Use textbooks more
effectively than ever
eBooks – as eTextbooks

Reading
• Streamlined navigation with an updated look
and feel
• Faster page loading and page turning times

Tools
• Notes Management – View all notes, Access eTextbooks
highlights and annotations at one time
• Highlighting and Bookmarking – Activate
on-the-go using your
highlighting and navigate to bookmarks mobile devices!
with a single click
• Search – View page content alongside the
search results with the Search-in-Book function

Viewing opTions
• Scale text, images and graphics to any size
without distortion
• View content via the Side-by-Side, Continuous
Scrolling, or the Thumbnail option Email asia.info@cengage.com | www.cengageasia.com
©2014 Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved.
Examination Copy
Request Form
Please send me an examination copy of

ISBN Author Title Edition

For adoption consideration as a text ❏ required ❏ reference

Course Name/Number

Enrolment per year/semester

(circle one)

Decision Date (day/mth/yr)

Commencement (day/mth/yr)

The adoption decision is made by:

❏ me ❏ me as part of a committee ❏ someone else (name)

Others teaching the same course:

❏ required ❏ reference
Current Text(s)
(please indicate Author, Title and Publisher)
❏ required ❏ reference

Other courses that I teach

Please print clearly to ensure proper delivery:

Prof/Dr/Mr/Mrs/Ms

Department/Institution

Address

phone fax email

Note: Upon adoption of main text(s), free ancillaries will be made available based on existing Cengage Learning sample policy.

Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd.

151 Lorong Chuan #02-08, New Tech Park (Lobby H), Singapore 556741
Tel: (65) 6410 1200 • Fax (65) 6410 1208
Website: www.cengageasia.com • Email: asia.info@cengage.com
 Cengage Learning
engages you with

exceptional
LEARNING

Integrating the BEST in print and digital resources with high quality service.

Engage with Us!

SINGAPORE - Regional Headquarters JAPAN TAIWAN
Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd Cengage Learning K. K. Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd
151 Lorong Chuan #02-08 5F, 2nd Funato Building (Taiwan Branch)
New Tech Park (Lobby H) 1-11-11 Kudankita 9F-1 No.87 Cheng Chou Rd
Singapore 556741 Chiyoda-ku Da Tong District
Tel (65) 6410 1200 Tokyo 102-0073, Japan 103 Taipei, Taiwan
Fax (65) 6410 1208 Tel (81) 3 3511 4390 Tel (886) 2 2558 0569
Email asia.info@cengage.com Fax (81) 3 3511 4391 Fax (886) 2 2558 0360
www.cengageasia.com Email asia.infojapan@cengage.com Email asia.infotaiwan@cengage.com
www.cengage.jp www.cengage.tw
CHINA
Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd KOREA THAILAND/INDOCHINA
(Beijing Representative Office) Cengage Learning Korea Ltd Cengage Learning Indo-China Limited
Room 1201 South Tower C Suite 1801, Seokyo Tower Building 408/32 Phaholyothin Place Building
Raycom Info Tech Park (previously: 353-1, Seokyo-Dong) 8th Floor, Phaholyothin Avenue
No 2 Kexueyuan South Road 133 Yanghwa-Ro, Mapo-Gu Samseannai, Phayathai
Haidian District, Beijing Seoul 121-837, Korea Bangkok 10400, Thailand
P.R. China 100190 Tel (82) 2 322 4926 Tel (66) 2 619 0433-5
Tel (86) 10 8286 2095/2096/2097 Fax (82) 2 322 4927 Fax (66) 2 619 0436
Fax (86) 10 8286 2089 Email asia.infokorea@cengage.com Email asia.infothailand@cengage.com
Email asia.infochina@cengage.com
www.cengage.com.cn MALAYSIA VIETNAM
Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd Cengage Learning Vietnam Company Limited
HONG KONG (Malaysia Branch) Co. Reg No: 993622K Suite 1011, Zen Plaza
Cengage Learning Hong Kong Limited No. 4 Jalan PJS 11/18, Bandar Sunway 54-56 Nguyen Trai Street, District 1
Units 808–810 8/F, Tins Enterprises Centre 46150 Petaling Jaya Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
777 Lai Chi Kok Road Selangor, Malaysia Tel (848) 3925 7880
Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel (60) 3 5636 8351/52 Fax (848) 3925 7881
Tel (852) 2612 1833 Fax (60) 3 5636 8302 Email asia.infovietnam@cengage.com
Fax (852) 2408 2498 Email asia.infomalaysia@cengage.com
Email asia.infohongkong@cengage.com
PHILIPPINES/OCEANIA
INDONESIA Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd
PT. Cengage Learning Indonesia (Philippine Branch)
COSA Building, 2nd Floor Unit 2105–2106 Raffles Corporate Center
Jalan Tomang Raya No. 70 F. Ortigas Jr. Rd., Ortigas Center
Jakarta Barat, 11430, Indonesia Pasig City, Philippines 1605
Tel (62) 21 569 58815 Tel (63) 2 915 5290 to 93; (63) 2 4706740
Fax (62) 21 569 52371 Fax (63) 2 915 1694
Email asia.infoindonesia@cengage.com Email asia.infophilippines@cengage.com www.cengageasia.com
 Earth Sciences and Life Sciences 2014–2015 Catalog
Earth Sciences
and Life Sciences
2014–2015 Catalog

Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd

151 Lorong Chuan #02-08
New Tech Park (Lobby H)
CLA JAN 2014

Singapore 556741
Tel (65) 6410 1200 Fax (65) 6410 1208 www.cengageasia.com
e-mail asia.info@cengage.com
www.cengageasia.com